jcy1800 installation guide8a

VOYAGE DATA RECORDER SIMPLIFIED VOYAGE DATA RECORDER

INSTALLATION GUIDE

7ZPJD0387A

JCY-1800/1850 VDR/S-VDR Installation Guide

DOC No. 7ZPJD0387A

RECORD OF REVISIONS

Rev Description Date

1.0 First edition 24-July-06

2.0 Second edition Additional item 2.3, 6.2, 9.4, 9.5, etc. 1-Aug-06


DOC No. 7ZPJD0387A


i DOC No. 7ZPJD0387A

SYMBOL MARKS

In this manual, and on the product, we use international warning signs to call your attention to important items that, if not handled correctly, could present danger to yourself or property. These warning note classifications are shown below. Understand the meanings of the signs before proceeding to read the manual.

Examples of Symbol Marks

The symbol indicates that it calls for a caution or even a warning.

The inside of the symbol indicates what should be watched out for. In this case, you have to pay attention to electric shock.

The symbol indicates prohibition.

What is prohibited is depicted in or around the symbol. The sign in the left indicates that disassembly is prohibited.

The symbol indicates a specific action to be taken or an instruction to be followed, which is depicted inside the symbol.

The sign in the left request you to disconnect the electrical plug from the outlet.

Warning Labels

Do not remove, damage, or alter the labels attached to the equipment.

WARNING Indicates warning items that, if ignored, may result in serious personal injury or even death.

Indicates cautionary items that, if ignored, may result in personal injury or physical damage. CAUTION

Electric shock

Disassembly prohibited

Remove Plug

DANGER Indicates danger items that, if ignored, may result in serious personal injury or even death.


ii DOC No. 7ZPJD0387A

Never short-circuit the + and – pins. Never disassemble, modify, destroy, throw into fire, heat, use

with non-specified applications and use after the expiry date.

Above acts may cause leakage of fluid, heat generation, fire, explosion, destruction, or heat injury.

The Power Supply Unit (NBL-327) of this equipment incorporates a battery.

The battery contains dilute sulfuric acid. When the leaked liquid of the battery had a direct contact with your clothes or skin, wash it off with clean water. When the liquid infringes into your eye, wash with clean water immediately then go to a doctor.

Do not disassemble or remodel this equipment.

Such an action may result in a fire, an electric shock, or an equipment fault.

Do not use any power supply voltage other than the specified ones.

Such an action may result in a fire, an electric shock, or an equipment fault.

Be sure to turn off the power supply switch before connecting or disconnecting the connector of the cable to any external equipment.

Ignoring the caution may result in a fire or an electric shock.

If the power supply cable is damaged, please ask for its replacement to the Sales Department, the nearest branch company, a branch office, a sales office, or any agent of Japan Radio Co., Ltd. The use of damaged cable may result in a fire or an electric shock.


iii DOC No. 7ZPJD0387A

If water enters the inside of the equipment, please turn off the power supply switch, pull the plug

from the outlet, and contact the Sales Department, the nearest branch company, a branch office, a sales office, or any agent of Japan Radio Co., Ltd.

The water inside the equipment may result in a fire, an electric shock, or a fault.

Do not attempt checking or repairs on the internal part of the equipment by yourself.

Checking or repairs by anyone other than our professional maintainer may result in a fire or an electric shock.

Ask for checking or repairs of the inside of the equipment to the Sales Department, the nearest branch company, a branch office, a sales office, or any agent of Japan Radio Co., Ltd.

If a fault is occurred, please turn off the power supply of this equipment, pull the plug, and contact the Sales Department, the nearest branch company, a branch office, a sales office, or any agent of Japan Radio Co., Ltd.

Its continuous use may result in a fire or an electric shock.

The Recording Control Unit (NDV-1850) of this equipment incorporates a battery. The battery needs to be replaced periodically. Continuous use of a life-expired battery may result in a fire.

Never replace the battery by yourself.

Replacement by anyone other than our professional maintenance staff may result in a fire, an electric shock, or a fault.

For battery replacement, please contact the Sales Department, the nearest branch company, a branch office, a sales office, or any agent of Japan Radio Co., Ltd.

The Recording Control Unit (NDV-1850) of this equipment incorporates a battery.

Used batteries are to be recycled. Please contact the Sales Department, the nearest branch company, a branch office, a sales office, or any agent of Japan Radio Co., Ltd. and ask them to replace it without discarding the battery.

The Main Control Board (CDJ-2304) and the Underwater Acoustic Beacon on the PCU of this equipment incorporate a lithium battery.

Used batteries are to be recycled. Please contact the Sales Department, the nearest branch company, a branch office, a sales office, or any agent of Japan Radio Co., Ltd. and ask them to replace it without discarding the battery.

When disposing of this unit, be sure to follow the local laws and regulations foe the place of disposal. Please contact the Sales Department, the nearest branch company, a branch office, a sales office, or any agent of Japan Radio Co., Ltd. and ask them to replace it without discarding the battery.


iv DOC No. 7ZPJD0387A

Do not remove, damage, or alter the labels attached to the equipment.

Do not install the equipment, if location is infringed by water, humid, dusty, or with soot.

Ignoring the caution may result in a fire, an electric shock, or a malfunction.

Do not touch the equipment with wet hand or wet glove either with freshwater or seawater.

Ignoring the caution may result in a fire, an electric shock, or a fault.

Be sure to hold the power supply plug when pulling it out from the outlet.

Pulling the electric cable without holding the plug may damage the cable, resulting in a fire or an electric shock.

Do not remove or insert the power supply plug with wet hand.

Ignoring the caution may result in an electric shock.

Although the UTILITY OUTLET looks like the one of AC100V, the input voltage of the Recording Control Unit directly comes out from it.

i.e; In case the 220VAC is supplied, the same voltage comes out from UTILITY OUTLET. Ignoring the caution may result in failures.

If the FAN ABNORMAL LED lights up, either of the two fans of the Power Supply Unit is out of order and needs to be replaced by a new one. Ignoring the caution may result in failures. Please contact the Sales Department, the nearest branch company, a branch office, a sales office, or any agent of Japan Radio Co., Ltd. and ask them to replace it.

If the equipment is splashed with seawater or fresh water, wipe it dry immediately. Ignoring the caution may result in failures or operational malfunctions.

Do not use organic solvent such as thinner and benzine to clean the surface. These agents damage the surface coating.

Be sure to remove dirt and dust, if any, from the surface and wipe it with a clean dry cloth.


v DOC No. 7ZPJD0387A

TABLE OF CONTENTS

1. SPECIFICATIONS................................................................................................................................................................1 1.1. Outline of the Equipment ..............................................................................................................................................1 1.2. Feature of new VDR/S-VDR.........................................................................................................................................1 1.3. Difference between VDR and S-VDR...........................................................................................................................4 1.4. JCY-1800 Configuration................................................................................................................................................5 1.5. JCY-1850 Configuration................................................................................................................................................6 1.6. Present and New model Comparison table ....................................................................................................................8 1.7. JCY-1800 System Diagram .........................................................................................................................................10 1.8. JCY-1850 System Diagram ......................................................................................................................................... 11 1.9. Functions of electrical circuit board ............................................................................................................................12 1.10. Specifications of each unit...........................................................................................................................................14

2. INSTALLATION PROCEDURES .......................................................................................................................................9 2.1. General Installation Procedures.....................................................................................................................................9 2.2. Points of installation....................................................................................................................................................10 2.3. FGB Kit (7ZZJD0052) Installation Procedure .........................................................................................................15

3. MECHANICAL INSTALLATION.....................................................................................................................................19 3.1. Protective Capsule: NDH-316/317..............................................................................................................................19 3.2. Connection Box: NQE-3163 .......................................................................................................................................23 3.3. Recording Control Unit: NDV-1800 / NDV-1850 .......................................................................................................26 3.4. Operation Panel Unit: NCG-169 .................................................................................................................................29 3.5. Microphone Unit: NVT-161 ........................................................................................................................................31 3.6. Waterproof Microphone Unit: NVT-162 (Option).......................................................................................................33 3.7. Digital Signal Converter: NCT-72 - 64ch - (VDR Option)..........................................................................................35 3.8. Digital Signal Converter: NCT-63 - 16ch - (VDR Option)..........................................................................................37 3.9. Radar Interface Unit: NWP-46 (Option) .....................................................................................................................39

4. CABLING.............................................................................................................................................................................45 4.1. Cabling of the Protective Capsule NDH-316/317 .......................................................................................................45 4.2. Cabling of the Recording Control Unit NDV-1800/1850 ............................................................................................46 4.3. Cabling of the Digital Signal Converter NCT-72 / 63 (VDR option) ..........................................................................60 4.4. Cabling of the Radar Interface Unit NWP-46 (VDR option) ......................................................................................63 4.5. Assembling an Ethernet Connector (RJ-45 type) ........................................................................................................65

5. INSTRUCTION ...................................................................................................................................................................71 5.1. Recording Control Unit (NDV-1800 / 1850) ...............................................................................................................71 5.2. Operation Panel Unit (NCG-169)................................................................................................................................78

6. SETTING .............................................................................................................................................................................83 6.1. Recording Control Unit (NDV-1800/1850) setup........................................................................................................83 6.2. Frame Grabber Board (CKA-137) setup ...................................................................................................................138 6.3. Digital Signal Converter (NCT-72/63) setup.............................................................................................................148 6.4. Analog Signal Converting Board (CEF-60) setup .....................................................................................................149 6.5. Main Control Board (CDJ-2304) ／(RMB: CDK-287) DIP-SW setting..................................................................150 6.6. Frame Grabber Board (CKA-129) Strap and DIP-SW setting...................................................................................151

7. ERROR DISPLAY.............................................................................................................................................................153 7.1. Recording Control Unit (NDV-1800/1850) ...............................................................................................................153 7.2. Operation Panel Unit (NCG-169)..............................................................................................................................153


vi DOC No. 7ZPJD0387A

8. TROUBLESHOOTING ....................................................................................................................................................157 8.1. The Recording Control Unit (NDV-1800/1850)........................................................................................................157 8.2. The Operation Panel Unit (NCG-169).......................................................................................................................159 8.3. LED Display of LAN Connector...............................................................................................................................163

9. MAINTENANCE...............................................................................................................................................................165 9.1. Parts list for Maintenance..........................................................................................................................................165 9.2. How to replace the fans .............................................................................................................................................166 9.3. How to replace the battery.........................................................................................................................................167 9.4. Checking a Connection cable in the RCU .................................................................................................................169 9.5. Connection table of each Terminals ..........................................................................................................................171

10. CONNECTION BLOCK DIAGRAMS............................................................................................................................175 10.1. System Diagram ........................................................................................................................................................175 10.2. Interconnection Wiring Diagrams .............................................................................................................................177

11. SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS (Circuit Diagrams) .............................................................................................................191 11.1. NDV-1800 Recording Control Unit of VDR .............................................................................................................191 11.2. NDV-1850 Recording Control Unit of S-VDR..........................................................................................................192 11.3. NCG-169 Operation Panel Unit ................................................................................................................................193 11.4. NVT-161 Microphone Unit .......................................................................................................................................194 11.5. NVT-162 Waterproof Microphone Unit (Option)......................................................................................................195 11.6. NCT-72 Digital Signal Converter 64CH (Option).....................................................................................................196 11.7. NCT-72 Digital Signal Converter 64CH + A/D Option Board (Option)....................................................................197 11.8. NCT-63 Digital Signal Converter 16CH (Option).....................................................................................................198 11.9. NCT-63 Digital Signal Converter 16CH + A/D Option Board (Option)....................................................................199 11.10. NWP-46 Radar Interface Unit (Option).............................................................................................................200

12. CONFIGURATION OF CONNECTION INTERFACE ................................................................................................201 12.1. Ship Identification Information .................................................................................................................................201 12.2. Ship Specification Information (for reference to installation work) ..........................................................................201 12.3. Other Ships’ Information...........................................................................................................................................201 12.4. List of Equipment and Connection interface .............................................................................................................202 12.5. Recording Data..........................................................................................................................................................205

13. SPARE PARTS...................................................................................................................................................................207 13.1. Spare Parts List for the Recording Control Unit NDV-1800/1850 ............................................................................207 13.2. Spare Parts List for the Digital Signal Converter NCT-72/63 ...................................................................................208 13.3. Spare Parts List for the Radar Interface Unit NWP-46..............................................................................................209

14. MAINTENANCE CHECK LIST FOR VDR/S-VDR ..................................................................................................... 211 15. ANNUAL INSPECTION...................................................................................................................................................225

15.1. Declaration on completion of annual inspection for VDR.........................................................................................225 15.2. Declaration on completion of annual inspection for S-VDR.....................................................................................226 15.3. Annual Inspection Procedures...................................................................................................................................227

INSPECTION CHEC LIST FOR VDR/S-VDR ......................................................................................................................232

1. SpecificationsJCY-1800/1850 VDR/S-VDR Installation Guide

1 DOC No. 7ZPJD0387A

1. SPECIFICATIONS

1.1. Outline of the Equipment

This equipment let the helps to detect the causes of marine accidents to prevent the recurrence in the future. The equipment records voyage data, as required by the International Standard, during the navigation and the hull data of the vessel.

1.2. Feature of new VDR/S-VDR

1.2.1. Common features in VDR/S-VDR

1) Black Box ▪ The operation panel on the door of RCU is removed. ▪ The external Operation Panel Unit is added to a standard equipment.

2) Radar image (option for S-VDR) ▪ 2 input ports for radar image

Selectable recording is normal function. Recording Radar image from both of channels is optional function.

Refer to the 1.2.6 clause for details.

3) New Playback software ▪ Playback software for users is attached standard. CF card adapter is attached standard. Real time monitor and prolonged backup into HDD can be active. ▪ Replay software for accident investigators is attached standard. The recorded data on capsule can be downloaded.

1.2.2. VDR (JCY-1800)

1) Reception of serial data (NMEA) ▪ Serial reception function is combined to RCU unit .(Combine DAU function) ▪ 32 input channels standard

2) Fixed capsule ▪ Using new VDR capsule produced by L-3

3) Diagnosis of JRC equipment by remote maintenance ▪ Remote maintenance function of JRC equipment is preinstalled.

Acquire maintenance data out put from JRC equipment The acquired data can be downloaded.

1. Specifications JCY-1800/1850 VDR/S-VDR Installation Guide


1.2.3. S-VDR (JCY-1850)

1) Reception of serial data (NMEA)

▪ Serial reception function is combined to RCU unit. (Combine DAU function) ▪ 16 input channels standard

2) Radar image ▪ Prepare option kit (cable and BNC connector) for FGB connection Extends on ship 3) NSK board

▪ NMEA conversion board of synchrony or step signal (for ship’s heading) and pulse signal (for ship’s speed) is preinstalled.

4) Fixed capsule

▪ Using new VDR capsule produced by L-3 5) Correspondence of Float-free capsule

▪ Only fixed capsule ▪ Planning to correspond L-3 float-capsule in future

1.2.4. Option Unit 1）New digital signal converter ▪ 64 contacts type (NCT-72) or 16 contacts type (NCT-63) can be selected.

▪ Option board for A/D conversion (8 CH) can be added.

2）New Radar Interface Unit New model is a NWP-46. It is same as NWP-42 (current model).

1.2.5. Points of Instruction

1) Backup media Backup media is changed into CF card from ATA card.

Adapter of CF card is a standard accessory.

2) Initial setting of ship’s heading When connecting a heading data by a Synchro or Pulse signal, alarm is outputted at the startup of VDR. Input the initial value of the heading by the Operation Panel unit.

3) Operation Panel unit

Operation Panel unit indicates the error cause by the error codes. The table of error code is described on the Instruction Manual.



1.2.6. Operation of inputting two Radar images

1) General description of operation FGB creates PNG files from RGB signals of radar and transmits PNG files via Ethernet. FGB have two input ports for connecting to radar. FGB selects a recording channel from both channels. 2) Timing chart FGB creates PNG files from both channels usually and FGB selects the one PNG file for recording. 3) Operation mode ▪ Connecting the only main radar, recording the main radar image (Standard) ▪ Connecting both main radar and sub radar, recording activated radar image (Standard) ▪ Connecting both main radar and sub radar, recording both radar image (Option)

In this case, the storage capacity of a capsule and CF card is changed into 4GB. 4) Real time monitor data

In spite of not recording, the Radar image of both channels is captured in a cycle of 15 seconds. All captured image data is outputted to a real-time monitor. The image which is not recorded is also outputted to the real-time monitor. The real-time monitor receives an image in a cycle of 7.5 seconds.

CH1

CH2

LANINPUT PORTSfor RGB signals A/D PNG

file

FGB

CH1

CH2

15s

15s

Recording CH selectCH1

CH2Recording PNG file

7.5s 7.5s



1.3. Difference between VDR and S-VDR

1.3.1. Main Specifications Item JCY-1800 JCY-1850 Remark Capsule NDH-316 (New capsule is made by

L-3.) NDH-317 (New capsule is made by L-3.)

Only fixed capsule

Main Unit Recording Control Unit (RCU) Function of DAU is Included into the RCU

Same as VDR (JCY-1800) Unification of RCU and DAU

Serial Data recording Including serial interface into the RCU Input channel: 32 ports for IEC61162-1/-2

Including serial interface into the RCU Input channel: 16 ports for IEC61162-1/-2

RMB is not installed to the NDV-1850

Audio recording Input CH: 9 sets for microphone unit (Recording channel are 3) 3 sets for VHF radio (Recording channel is 1) Compressing format: G726

Same as VDR (JCY-1800)

Video recording Input CH: 2CH for analog RGB (selectable recording)

Compressing format: PNG

Option (remove the FGB, cable and BNC) connector)

Including Video selector

Operation Panel of RCU

No operation panel in the RCU

Same as VDR (JCY-1800) RCU is the Black Box

External Operation Panel Unit

Standard Same as VDR (JCY-1800)

Backup Media Compact Flash Card Capacity: 2GB

Same as VDR (JCY-1800) With CF card adapter

UPS Backup voltage is DC24V (5Ah)

Same as VDR (JCY-1800) New type small battery

NSK Interface Including NSK interface (option) Including NSK interface (standard) for synchro , step and pulse signal

Dry Contact signal Option Unit: NCT-72 Input channel: 64 ports for dry contact signal Option Unit: NCT-63 Input channel: 16 ports for dry contact signal

Same as VDR (JCY-1800) Selectable 64ch or 16ch

Analog signal Option board for NCT-72 / 63 Input channel: 8 ports for analog signal

Same as VDR (JCY-1800) Built in the NCT-72 / 63

1.3.2. System components 1) Standard system

No. Unit VDR S-VDR 1 Protective Capsule Unit NDH-316 NDH-317 (Fixed type) 2 Recording Control Unit NDV-1800 NDV-1850 3 Operation Panel Unit NCG-169 4 Microphone Unit NVT-161 6 Connection Box NQE-3163



2) Option system No. Unit VDR S-VDR Remark 1 Waterproof Microphone Unit NVT-162 NVT-162 2

NSK interface board CHM-378 (Standard) Installed into the

RCU 3

Frame Grabber Board Kit (Standard)

7ZZJD0052 ( FGB: CKA-137 ,RGB Cable, LAN Cable, BNC

Connector (5 pieces))

Only CH 1 is connectable.

4 FGB CH2 Kit (Standard)

7ZZJD0055

Additional CH 2 is connectable.

5 Digital Signal Converter (64CH)

NCT-72 (Connectable)


NCT-63 (Connectable)

7 Analog signal Converting Board CEF-60

(Connectable) Installed into the NCT-72 / 63

1.4. JCY-1800 Configuration 1) Standard configuration of the equipment

No. Name of Component Type Name Qty Functions 1 Protective Capsule Unit NDH-316 1 Records data on the recording medium in the

recovery Protective Capsule. At the time of sinking, the underwater acoustic beacon operates to detect the position of the Protective Capsule Unit.

2 Connection Box NQE-3163 1 Connects the Protective Capsule Unit and the Recording Control Unit with a power supply cable and a LAN cable.

3 Recording Control Unit NDV-1800 1 Outputs the recorded data to the Protective Capsule Unit and the CF CARD.

Inputs radar images, audio data and IEC61162-1/-2 data.

Monitors and controls the conditions of the system.

Frame Grabber Board (FGB) for recording Radar images is optional board. FGB is not a standard component.

3-1 Data Processor Unit NDL-46 1 Main control processing part with a built-in backup CF CARD.

3-2 Audio Junction Board CQD-2041 1 Audio I/F to relay the MIC and VHF signals.

3-3 Power Supply Unit NBL-327 1 Power supply equipped with a secondary battery and a charging circuit.

4 Operation Panel Unit NCG-169 1 Displays the status of S-VDR. It has an ALARM BUZZER, an ALARM ACK SWITCH, and LEDs.

5 Microphone Unit NVT-161

3 Collects the voices of the conversations in the bridge and outputs them into the Recording Control Unit.

Accessories

6 Spare Parts for RCU 7ZXJD0080 1 Spares for the NDV-1800 Fans, Fuse

7 CF Card adaptor SLCFADU 1 for record data playback 8 LAN cable -- 1 3m 9 Playback software CYC-315 1 Only for the Investigation Authorities.

Attached inside the NDV-1800.



10 Playback Software / Real Time Monitor

CYC-316 1 For the User. Attached inside the NDV-1800.

2) Options configuration of the equipment

No. Name of Optional Component Type Name Functions 1 Microphone Unit NVT-161

A microphone of ceiling-built-in type can be used as an exposed type by removing its flange.

Maximum nine sets of microphones can be installed, inclusive of standard configuration.

2 Waterproof Microphone Unit NVT-162 Collects the voices of the conversations in the wing and outputs them into the Recording Control Unit.

Maximum nine sets of microphones can be installed, inclusive of standard configuration and NVT-161 type.

3 NSK interface board CHM-378

Interface board for heading in Synchro or step signal and ship’s speed by pulse.

Installed inside the NDV-1800. 4 Digital Signal Converter

(64CH) NCT-72

Records IEC61162-1 data converted from 64 dry contacts. Conversion of analog signals is possible at the addition of the CEF-60.


NCT-63 Records IEC61162-1 data converted from 16 dry contacts. Conversion of analog signals is possible at the addition of the CEF-60.

6 Analog signal Converting Board

CEF-60 An optional board to convert eight analog signals. It is installed into the NCT-72/63

7 Radar Interface Unit NWP-46 Required when connecting the radar which displays a UXGA size image.

Accessories

8 Spare Parts for the DSC 7ZXJD0092 Spares for the NCT-72/63 Fuse

9 Spare Parts for the RIF 7ZXJD0093 Spares for the NWP-46 Fan, Fuse

1.5. JCY-1850 Configuration

1) Standard configuration of the equipment No. Name of Component Type Name Qty Functions

1 Protective Capsule Unit NDH-317 1 Records data on the recording medium in the recovery Protective Capsule.

At the time of sinking, the underwater acoustic beacon operates to detect the position of the Protective Capsule Unit.

2 Connection Box NQE-3163 1 Connects the Protective Capsule Unit and the Recording Control Unit with a power supply cable and a LAN cable.

3 Recording Control Unit NDV-1850 1 Outputs the recorded data to the Protective Capsule Unit and the CF CARD.

Inputs radar images, audio data and IEC61162-1/-2 data.

Monitors and controls the conditions of the system.

Frame Grabber Board (FGB) for recording Radar images is optional board. FGB is not a standard component.

3-1 Data Processor Unit NDL-46 1 Main control processing part with a built-in backup CF CARD.

3-2 Audio Junction Board CQD-2041 1 Audio I/F to relay the MIC and VHF



signals. 3-3 Power Supply Unit NBL-327 1 Power supply equipped with a secondary

battery and a charging circuit. 3-4 NSK interface board CHM-378 1 Interface board for heading in Synchro or

step signal and ship’s speed by pulse. 4 Operation Panel Unit NCG-169 1 Displays the status of S-VDR. It has an

ALARM BUZZER, an ALARM ACK SWITCH, and LEDs.

5 Microphone Unit NVT-161

3 Collects the voices of the conversations in the bridge and outputs them into the Recording Control Unit.

Accessories

6 Spare Parts for RCU 7ZXJD0080 1 Spares for the NDV-1850 Fans, Fuse

7 CF Card adaptor SLCFADU 1 for record data playback 8 LAN cable -- 1 3m 9 Playback software CYC-315 1 Only for the Investigation Authorities.

Attached inside the NDV-1850. 10 Playback Software /

Real Time Monitor CYC-316

1 For the User. Attached inside the NDV-1850.

2) Options configuration of the equipment No. Name of Optional Component Type Name Functions 1 Microphone Unit NVT-161

A microphone of ceiling-built-in type can be used as an exposed type by removing its flange.

Maximum nine sets of microphones can be installed, inclusive of standard configuration.

2 Waterproof Microphone Unit NVT-162 Collects the voices of the conversations in the wing and outputs them into the Recording Control Unit.

Maximum nine sets of microphones can be installed, inclusive of standard configuration and NVT-161 type.

3 Frame Grabber Board Kit 7ZZJD0052 For recording RADAR image. It is required when RADAR output RGB signals which

can be recorded by the S-VDR. CKA-137(FGB), BNC-Dsub15 cable (1pc.), LAN cable, BNC-JJ (5pc.)

Installed inside the NDV-1850. 4 Second Video Channel Kit 7ZZJD0055 For recording second RADAR image

BNC-JJ (5pcs.) BNC-Dsub15 cable (1pc.) Installed inside the NDV-1850.

5 Radar Interface Unit NWP-46 Required when connecting the radar which displays a UXGA size image.

Accessories

6 Spare Parts for the RIF 7ZXJD0093 Spares for the NWP-46 Fan, Fuse

When radar images cannot be recorded, the output data of AIS must be recorded instead.



1.6. Present and New model Comparison table

1.6.1. VDR Item JCY-1700 JCY-1800 Remark Capsule NDH-288A/B (made by L-3)

Beacon

Beacon Cover: Yes Water Pressure Sensor: No Water Switch: Dual Pins

NDH-316 (New capsule is made by L-3.) Beacon

Beacon Cover: No Water Pressure Sensor: Yes Water Switch: Single Pin

Only fixed capsule

Main Unit Recording Control Unit (RCU) Data Acquisition Unit (DAU)

Recording Control Unit (RCU) Function of DAU is Included into the RCU

Unification of RCU and DAU

Serial Data recording DAU: Input channel: 16 ports for IEC61162 4 ports for analog signal (op.)

Including serial interface into the RCU Input channel: 32 ports for IEC61162-1/-2

IEC61162-2 for AIS

Audio recording Input CH: 9 sets for microphone unit (Recording channel are 3) 3 sets for VHF radio (Recording channel is 1) Compressing format: G726

Input CH: 9 sets for microphone unit (Recording channel are 3) 3 sets for VHF radio (Recording channel is 1) Compressing format: G726

Video recording Input CH: 1ch for analog RGB Compressing format: PNG

Input CH: 2CH for analog RGB (selectable recording)

Compressing format: PNG

Including Video selector


Including into the door of RCU No operation panel in the RCU

RCU is the Black Box


Option Standard

Backup Media PC Card (ATA type) Capacity: 2GB

Compact Flash Card Capacity: 2GB

With CF card adapter

UPS Backup voltage is DC24V (8Ah)

Backup voltage is DC24V (5Ah)

New type small battery

NSK Interface Option unit: NCT-27B Including NSK interface (option) for synchro , step and pulse signal

Dry Contact signal Option Unit : NCT-57 Input channel: 64 ports for dry contact signal

Option Unit: NCT-72 Input channel: 64 ports for dry contact signal Option Unit: NCT-63 Input channel: 16 ports for dry contact signal

Selectable 64ch or 16ch

Analog signal Option board for DAU Input channel: 4 ports for analog signalOption unit: NQA-4091A Input channel: 8 ports for analog signal

Option board for NCT-72 / 63 Input channel: 8 ports for analog signal

Built in the NCT-72 / 63



1.6.2. S-VDR

Item JCY-1700S JCY-1850 Remark Capsule NDH-317 (New capsule is made by

L-3.) Beacon


NDH-317 (New capsule is made by L-3.) Beacon


New fixed type capsule

Main Unit Same as VDR (JCY-1700) Same as VDR (JCY-1800) Serial Data recording Same as VDR (JCY-1700) Including serial interface into the RCU

Input channel: 16 ports for IEC61162-1/-2

IEC61162-2 for AIS

Audio recording Same as VDR (JCY-1700) Same as VDR (JCY-1800) Video recording Option

(remove the FGB) Option (remove the FGB, cable and BNC) connector)

Refer to a VDR comparison table for details.


Same as VDR (JCY-1700) Same as VDR (JCY-1800)


Same as VDR (JCY-1700) Same as VDR (JCY-1800)

Backup Media Same as VDR (JCY-1700) Same as VDR (JCY-1800) UPS Same as VDR (JCY-1700) Same as VDR (JCY-1800) NSK Interface Same as VDR (JCY-1700) Including NSK interface (standard) for synchro , step

and pulse signal Dry Contact signal Same as VDR (JCY-1700) Same as VDR (JCY-1800) Analog signal Same as VDR (JCY-1700) Same as VDR (JCY-1800)



1.7. JCY-1800 System Diagram

Figure 1: System Diagram

*TTYCS-1QMic-1

VHF Telephone No.1 * TTYCS-1

*DPYC-2.5 AC220V 60Hz 1 phase

Mic-4 *TTYCS-1Q

*TTYCS-1QMic-2

* TTYCS-1VHF Telephone No.2

MIC1

MIC2

MIC4

*TTYCS-1Q

*3C-2V*3C-2V*3C-2V*3C-2V

*3C-2V

RGBH synch

V synch

*TTYCS-1QMic-5MIC5

Mic-7 *TTYCYS-1QMIC7(W.P.)

*TTYCYS-1QMic-8MIC8(W.P.) Gyro Compass [STEP](Yard)

* MPYC-4

Gyro Compass [Synchro](Yard)

* MPYC-7

Speed Log [Pulse](Yard)

* MPYC-2

DGPS(Yard)

* TTYCS-1

AIS(Yard)

* TTYCS-1

Speed Log(Yard)

* TTYCS-1

Gyro Compass(Yard)

* TTYCS-1

Auto Pilot(Yard)

* TTYCS-1

Rudder Angle Indicator(Yard)

* TTYCS-1

Echo Sounder(Yard)

* TTYCS-1

Anemometer(Yard)

* TTYCS-1

Engin Telegraph(Yard)

* TTYCS-1

Remote Control System (Yard)

* TTYCS-1

Other(Yard)

* TTYCS-1

X-Band Radar (JRC)

* TTYCS-1

* TTYCS-1Q

* MPYC-xx

From AC Distributor

Dry Contact(Yard)

* TTYCS-1Q

* MPYC-xx

From AC Distributor

Dry Contact(Yard)

Other(Yard)

* TTYCS-1Q

Other (Yard)

* TTYCS-1Q

* TTYCS-x Analog(Yard)




1.8. JCY-1850 System Diagram

Figure 2: System Diagram

*TTYCS-1QMic-1



Mic-4 *TTYCS-1Q

*TTYCS-1QMic-2


MIC1

MIC2

MIC4

*TTYCS-1Q

*3C-2V*3C-2V*3C-2V*3C-2V

*3C-2V

RGBH synch

V synch

*TTYCS-1QMic-5MIC5



* MPYC-4


* MPYC-7


* MPYC-2

DGPS(Yard)

* TTYCS-1

AIS(Yard)

* TTYCS-1

Speed Log(Yard)

* TTYCS-1

Gyro Compass(Yard)

* TTYCS-1

Auto Pilot(Yard)

* TTYCS-1


* TTYCS-1

Echo Sounder(Yard)

* TTYCS-1

Anemometer(Yard)

* TTYCS-1


* TTYCS-1


* TTYCS-1

Other(Yard)

* TTYCS-1

X-Band Radar (JRC)

* TTYCS-1

Other(Yard)

* TTYCS-1Q

Other (Yard)

* TTYCS-1Q



1.9. Functions of electrical circuit board Main electrical circuit table of NDV-1800 (VDR)

Unit Circuit name Model Function S-VDR Remark Power supply board (PSB)

CBM-168 Battery backup for 2 hours same PSU NBL-327

Thermo sensor board

CHG-213 Temperature monitoring of a battery same

Main Control Board (MCB)

CDJ-2304 Main control HUB unit: 1port + 4ports 16ports for IEC61162-1 / 2 Internal operation panel

same

Audio Recording Board (ARB)

CHA-387 Input CH: 9 sets for microphone unit (Recording channel are 3) 3 sets for VHF radio (Recording channel is 1) Compressing format: G726

same

Frame Grabber Board (FGB)

CKA-137 Input CH: 2CH for analog RGB (selectable) Compressing format: PNG

Option

Data Processor Unit NDL-46

Remote Maintenance Board (RMB)

CDK-287 16ports for IEC61162-1 / 2 Not installed Main Control Board for Remote Maintenance System

Option Board NSK Interface Board (NIB)

CHM-378(Option)

To record gyro compass signal (Synchro / Step) and/or Ship’s speed log signal as IEC61162-1 sentence formatter

Standard



RCU: NDV-1800/1850

OPU: NCG-169

PSU: NBL-327

MCB: CDJ-2304 (ARB: CHA-387)

CF Cars

CF Cars Audio Interface Board

RMB: CDK-287

FGB: CKA-137

Mother Board

NIB: CHM-378

NIB: CHM-378 Terminals for serial data

BNC connector for RGB

Battery

Display: Error Code display Software version Heading value in case of Synchro or Step signal connecting

AC Input terminal

AC Output terminal



1.10. Specifications of each unit

1.10.1. Protective Capsule Unit: PCU (NDH-316)

(1) Function: The protective capsule unit (PCU) records navigation data, hull data, conversation on the bridge, conversation over VHF radio communication, and radar image data to the recording medium in the PCU. When submerged, the Underwater Acoustic Beacon with PCU, which is a battery-powered device, transmits a pulsed acoustic signal for capsule searchers.

(2) Performance: a) Interface:

1) Standard: IEEE802.3 (10Base-T/ 100Base-TX) 2) Protocol: TCP/IP

b) Recording duration and capacity: 1) Duration: 12 hours 2) Capacity: 2.0GB (flash memory)

c) Data Recording Interval: 1) Sensor Data: depends on the input from the sensors (normally 1 second) 2) Audio Data: continuous (1 audio file / minute) 3) Image Data: 1 image per 15 second (Option)

d) Acoustic underwater beacon: 1) Operating frequency: 37.5kHz ±1kHz 2) Operating time: minimum 30 days after submerged in the water 3) Detectable range: 1800m - 3600m

(depends on surrounding environment) 4) Battery life: maximum 5-years

(3) Environmental condition

The recording data in the final recording medium are held without loss under the conditions shown below. a) Shock: A half sine-wave pulse of 50 G, with an interval of 11msec b) Penetration: A mass of 250 kg with a pin of 100mm diameter, dropped from 3m c) Fire: 10 hours with 260 °C fire

1 hour with 1100 °C fire d) Deep-sea pressure: 60 Mpa

(equivalent to 6000m of depth) General environmental condition e) Operating temperature: -25°C to +55°C (IEC 60945 exposed type) f) Storage temperature -55°C to +70°C (IEC 60945 exposed type) g）Vibration: 2Hz to 13.2Hz ±1.0mm

13.2Hz to 100Hz 0.7G

(4) General specification a) Input voltage range: 19.5 - 36.5Vdc b) Power consumption: 3W c) Size: 182.4(W) x 206.5(D) x 218.3(H) mm d) Mass: 8.7kg

e) Color: fluorescent orange



1.10.2. Protective Capsule Unit: PCU (NDH-317)

(1) Function:

The Protective Capsule Unit (PCU) is not a float-free type but a fixed type. The PCU records navigation data, hull data, conversation on the bridge, conversation over VHF radio communication, and radar image data to the recording medium in the PCU. When submerged, the Underwater Acoustic Beacon with PCU, which is a battery-powered device, transmits a pulsed acoustic signal for capsule searchers.

(2) Performance: a) Interface:

1) Standard: IEEE802.3 (10Base-T/ 100Base-TX) 2) Protocol: TCP/IP

b) Recording duration and capacity: 1) Duration: 12 hours 2) Capacity: 2.0GB (flash memory)

c) Data Recording Interval: 1) Sensor Data: depends on the input from the sensors (normally 1 second) 2) Audio Data: continuous (1 audio file / minute) 3) Image Data: 1 image per 15 second (Option)

d) Acoustic underwater beacon: 1) Operating frequency: 37.5kHz ±1kHz 2) Operating time: minimum 30 days after submerged in the water 3) Detectable range: 1800m - 3600m

(depends on surrounding environment) 4) Battery life: maximum 5-years

(3) Environmental condition

The recording data in the final recording medium are held without loss under the conditions shown below. a) Shock: A half sine-wave pulse of 50 G, with an interval of 11msec b) Fire: 10 hours with 260 °C fire

1 hour with 1100 °C fire c) Deep-sea pressure: 60 Mpa

(equivalent to 6000m of depth) General environmental condition a) Operating temperature: -25°C to +55°C (IEC 60945 exposed type) b) Storage temperature -55°C to +70°C (IEC 60945 exposed type) c）Vibration: 2Hz to 13.2Hz ±1.0mm

13.2Hz to 100Hz 0.7G (4) General specification

a) Input voltage range: 19.5 - 36.5Vdc b) Power consumption: 3W c) Size: 182(W) x 206.5(D) x 215(H) mm d) Mass: 8.1kg e) Color: fluorescent orange



1.10.3. Recording Control Unit: RCU (NDV-1800/1850)

1.10.3.1. Operation Panel (Internal)

(1) Performance:

a) Button operation: 1) Recording stop: Stop to record data to PCU 2) Recording restart: Restart to record data to PCU 3) Card recording stop: Stop to record data to CF card. (enable to take out CF card from RCU)

b) LED Indication: 1) Recording status Recording / Recording stop 2) CF card status Recording / Recording stop (enable to take out CF card) 3) CF card Media error Access error to CF card

1.10.3.2. Data Processor Unit

(1) Function: a) Control of recording navigation and hull data to PCU. b) Collects data of navigation and hull condition according to IEC61162-1/2.

The data collected are as follows according to the IEC61996-2 1) Date and Time (UTC) 2) Ship’s position measured by the electronic position fixing system 3) Ship’s speed (over ground/water) 4) Ship’s heading with a gyrocompass or magnetic compass 5) Under keel clearance 6) Main alarms (indicated in the bridge) 7) Rudder order and response data 8) Engine order and response data 9) Hull opening status (for RO-RO passenger ships and ferry ships only) 10) Watertight door / Fire door status 11) Bow acceleration and hull stress data

(only for the ships mandatorily having hull stress indicator) 12) Wind direction / wind speed data

(only when the vessel is equipped with anemometer) 13) AIS data (S-VDR)

When radar images cannot be recorded, the output data of AIS must be recorded as a substitute. However, JCY-1800/1850 can also record both AIS data and radar images.

In case of S-VDR: If the sensor outputs no data by IEC61162, items 5)-12) are not recorded.

c) Capturing, encoding and recording of conversation audio on the bridge, VHF communications audio and radar image shown on the display.

d) Copying the recording data to the CF card. e) Monitoring and control of the system.

(2) Performance:

a) Communication to PCU: 1) Standard: IEEE802.3 (10Base-T/ 100Base-TX ) 2) Protocol: TCP/IP

b) Sensor data input : 1) Input channel: NDV-1800 (VDR): up to 32 (channels)

NDV-1850 (S-VDR): up to 16 (channels)



2) Data input interface: IEC61162-1/-2 (RS-422) 3) Recording interval: depends on the input from the sensors (normally 1 second)

c) Bridge audio input: 1) Input channel: up to 9 (channels) 2) Input sensitivity: 6kHz 3) Recording interval: continuous (1 audio file / minute)

d) VHF communications input (audio): 1) Input channel: up to 3 (channels) 2) Input sensitivity: 3.5kHz 3) Input level: 0 dBm 600-ohm balance 4) Recording interval: continuous (1 audio file / minute)

e) Radar image data input (input of No1. X band radar is recommended): 1) Input channel: 2 (channels)

Auto selection of a radar image from both channels (If the radar is of JRC make, automatic selection of on-operation radar is possible.)

2) Input interface: analog RGB/Hs/Vs - RGB: 0.7Vp-p (video signal) - Hs: TTL - Vs: TTL

3) Resolution: 640 x 350 – 1600 x 1200 pixel (conforms to VESA DMTS) 4) Refresh rate: 60 - 85 Hz (conforms to VESA DMTS)

(Resolution 1600 x 1200 pixel 60Hz only) 5) Recording interval: 1 image every 15 seconds

f) Recording data backup: 1) Media: CF card

(Adapter for PCMCIA type-2 is attached to the RCU.) 2) Storage capacity: 2.0GB

g) Blackout processing: 1) Recording duration: 2 hours while blackout (during the blackout, only the conversation in the bridge is recorded)

2) Restoration time required: less than 1 minute (Recovery time from blackout operation to normal operation on

restoration of ship’s generator.) h) GPS select signal input:

1) Interface: Dry (voltage free) contact closure (Commonly used with External Contact Input )

2) Operation: Recording GPS selection (active open/close) i) RADAR select signal input: (Only JMA-9900, JMA-900M, JMA-5300

1) Interface of JRC radar: IEC61162-1 (RS-422) 2) Operation of JRC radar: Active radar selection by JRC original sentence 3) Interface of other radar: Dry (voltage free) contact closure

(Commonly used with External Contact Input ) 4) Operation of other radar: Recording RADAR selection by dry contact closure (active open/close)

j) External Contact Input (dry contact): 1) Number of input: maximum 3 dry contacts (voltage free)

(Commonly used with the input signals which select RADAR or GPS.) 2) Output sentences: Registers sentences at the time of their making and opening



1.10.3.3. Power Supply Unit

(1) Function:

a) Power supply to RCU and PCU in normal operation b) Power supply to RCU and PCU for 2 hours on blackout.

(2) Performance:

a) Input voltage range: 100 - 120VAC +/- 10% 1-phase 50/60Hz +/-5% 200 - 240VAC +/- 10% 1-phase 50/60Hz +/-5% (Auto switching)

b) Output voltage: 5VDC, 12VDC, 24VDC c) Maximum power output: 140VA d) Battery capacity: 24VDC 5Ah e) Expectant battery age: max 4-years

(Depending on circumstance. This age is based on ambient operating temperature: 25 deg., load 70%)

1.10.3.4. External Interface

a) External alarm lamp output: 1) Interface: Dry (voltage free) contact closure 2) Operation: System down (normal-close or open) 3) Current: 1A or less at 24VDC / 0.5A or less at 125VAC

b) External alarm buzzer output: 1) Interface: Dry (voltage free) contact closure 2) Operation: System down (normal-close or open) 3) Current: 1A or less at 24VDC / 0.5A or less at 125VAC

1.10.3.5. Environmental condition

(1) Operating temperature: -15°C to +55°C (IEC 60945 protected type) (2) Temperature and humidity: +40°C, 93% (3) Vibration: 2Hz to 13.2Hz ±1.0mm

13.2Hz to 100Hz 0.7G

1.10.3.6. General specification

(1) Power voltage: 100 - 120VAC +/- 10% 1-phase 50/60Hz (IEC 60945)

200 - 240VAC +/- 10% 1-phase 50/60Hz (IEC 60945) (2) Power consumption:

(including capsule unit & operation panel unit & microphone phantom power) 90VA in UPS battery charge

50VA in normal operation (3) Size: 419.5(w) x 250(d) x 480(h) mm (4) Mass: 23.0kg (NDV-1800), 21.0kg (NDV-1850)

(5) Color: N7 semi-gloss texture



1.10.3.7. NSK interface (VDR: option, S-VDR: standard)

(1) Function: Records gyro compass signal (Synchro / Step) and/or Ship’s speed log signal

as IEC61162-1 sentence formatter (2) Performance:

a) Signal input: Synchro signal for Gyro compass Ratio: 360X, 180X, 90X, 36X, 1X Primary voltage: AC50 – 115V, 50/60Hz Secondary voltage: AC20 – 90V, 50/60Hz

Step signal for Gyro compass Ratio: 360X, 180X, 90X, 36X, 1X Voltage: DC24V / 35V / 50V / 70V

Pulse signal for speed log Pulse number: 200P / 400P / 100P / 160P (per NM) Interface: Opto-Isolation / dry contact signal

b) Recoding data:

Data type: IEC61162-1 Heading Sentence formatter: HDT Sip speed Sentence formatter: VBW

1.10.4. Operation Panel Unit: OPU (NCG-169)

(1) Function: Visible indication and audible alarm for VDR system alarm in the Wheelhouse Display of the cause of an error Input of Heading initial value

(2) Performance: a) Type: Flush mount type or Wall mount type b) Power supply: Supplied from the Recording Control Unit NDV-1800/1850 c) Indication: LED lighting for alarm indication

4 digit LED for error code indication Buzzer (mutable by ACK switch)

d) Operation: Alarm acknowledgement Dimmer of LED

(3) NSK operation: (When the NSK interface board is added.) a) Operation Entry of the initial value of heading b) Indication Heading value indication (4) Environmental condition:

a) Operating temperature: -15°C to +55°C (IEC 60945 protected type) b) Temperature and humidity: +40°C, 93% c) Vibration: 2Hz to 13.2Hz ±1.0mm

13.2Hz to 100Hz 0.7G (5) General specification:

a) Size: 145(w) x 50(d) x 165(h) mm b) Mass: 0.3kg c) Color: N4 semi-gloss texture



1.10.5. Microphone Unit (NVT-161)

(1) Function: Acquisition of W/H conversation, Alarms and sounds etc. in W/H (2) Performance:

a) Type: Ceiling mount type, wall mount type b) Device: Electoret condenser microphone c) Directivity: Hemispherical and omnidirectional d) Receiving range: 2.5m of radius e) Power supply: Phantom powered by 12VDC f) Test device: Built-in speaker for audio acquisition test

(3) Environmental condition: a) Operating temperature: -15°C to +55°C (IEC 60945 protected type) b) Temperature and humidity: +40°C, 93% c) Vibration: 2Hz to 13.2Hz ±1.0mm


a) Size: 110(w) x 44.5(d) x 160(h) mm b) Mass: 0.2kg c) Color: N4 semi-gloss texture

1.10.6. Waterproof Microphone Unit (NVT-162) -Option-

(1) Function: Acquisition of wing conversation etc. (2) Performance:

a) Type: Wall mount type b) Device: Electoret condenser microphone c) Directivity: Hemispherical and omnidirectional d) Receiving range: 2.5m of radius e) Power supply: Phantom powered by 12VDC f) Test device: Built-in speaker for audio acquisition test

(3) Environmental condition: a) Operating temperature: -25°C to +55°C (IEC 60945 exposed type) b) Temperature and humidity: +40°C, 93% c) Vibration: 2Hz to 13.2Hz ±1.0mm

13.2Hz to 100Hz 0.7G d) Waterproof grade: IPx6

(4) General specification a) Size: 126(w) x 93(d) x 110(h) mm b) Mass: 1.2kg c) Color: N7 semi-gloss



1.10.7. Digital Signal Converter (NCT-72) 64CH -Option-

(1) Function: The Digital signal converter should acquire alarms or status condition via dry contact closure.

(2) Performance: a) Dry contact Input port: Dry (voltage free) contact closure

Max. 64 port b) Contact closure interface:

1) Driving power supply: +12VDC 2) Status: Normal Close / Normal open (set in JRC plant at shipping)

c) Communication port To the NDV-1800 RCU d) Data output interface Data type: IEC61162-1

(3) Optional Analog interface: (When the optional Analog signal converting board CEF-60 is added.) a) Analog signal Input port: Max. 8 port b) Signal input:

1) Voltage: +/-500mV, +/-5V, +/-10V 2) Current: +/-20mA

c) Communication port Same port as dry contact signals d) Data output interface Data type: IEC61162-1

Analog Sentence formatter: XDR (4) Environmental condition:



a) Power voltage: 100 - 120VAC +/- 10% 1-phase 50/60Hz (IEC 60945) 200 - 240VAC +/- 10% 1-phase 50/60Hz (IEC 60945)

b) Power consumption: 25VA c) Size: 300(w) x 130(d) x 420(h) mm d) Mass: 5kg e) Color: N7 semi-gloss

1.10.8. Digital Signal Converter (NCT-63) 16CH -Option-

(1) Function: The Digital signal converter should acquire alarms or status condition via dry contact closure.

(2) Performance: a) Dry contact Input port: Dry (voltage free) contact closure

Max. 16 port b) Contact closure interface:

1) Driving power supply: +12VDC 2) Status: Normal Close / Normal open (set in JRC plant at shipping)

c) Communication port To the NDV-1800 RCU d) Data output interface Data type: IEC61162-1

(3) Optional Analog interface: (When the optional Analog signal converting board CEF-60 is added.) a) Analog signal Input port: Max. 8 port b) Signal input:

1) Voltage: +/-500mV +/-5V +/-10V 2) Current: +/-20mA



c) Communication port Same port as dry contact signals d) Data output interface Data type: IEC61162-1

Analog Sentence formatter: XDR (4) Environmental condition:




b) Power consumption: 25VA c) Size: 300(w) x 130(d) x 230(h) mm d) Mass: 2.9kg e) Color: N7 semi-gloss

1.10.9. Radar Interface Unit (NWP-46) -Option- (1) Function: The NWP-46 is required when a high resolution radar UXGA is connected to

the VDR/S-VDR. The NWP-46 is a option unit in order to install a FGB near the radar, because high resolution RGB signals can not be extended to the VDR/S-VDR, The Frame Grabber Board (FGB) in the NWP-46 is moved from the Recording Control Unit.

(2) Performance: a) Basic performance: It is the same as the Radar image input specification of the Recording Control

Unit. b) Communication port To the NDV-1800/1850 RCU via Ethernet

(3) Environmental condition: a) Operating temperature: -15°C to +55°C (IEC 60945 protected type) b) Temperature and humidity: +40°C, 93% c) Vibration: 2Hz to 13.2Hz ±1.0mm



b) Power consumption: 10VA c) Size: 255(w) x 160(d) x 72(h) mm d) Mass: 1.5kg e) Color: N4 semi-gloss

2. Installation ProceduresJCY-1800/1850 VDR/S-VDR Installation Guide


2. INSTALLATION PROCEDURES

2.1. General Installation Procedures 1) Install every unit. 2) Connect the units with cables according to the installation drawing of the ship. 3) Connect cables to the sensors onboard according to the installation drawing of the ship. 4) Check if the wirings are done correctly. 5) Run a burn-in test. (For the RCU, make sure that it runs on the battery power, which automatically

turns on during blackout.) 6) Check the communications between the units and from the sensors onboard. 7) Check the recorded data.

2. Installation Procedures JCY-1800/1850 VDR/S-VDR Installation Guide


2.2. Points of installation

2.2.1. Capsule 1) Connection box

Connection box is wired the same as current box. Power line of capsule is 24 voltages line, and power cable is composed with 2 lines of power line and a shield line. In order to use 100Mbps Ethernet line, LAN cable shall be wired near terminal in twist status.

2) RCU wiring In order to connect with RJ-45 connector, the connector is attached on ship.

The connector is attached standard in product, but serviceman shall prepare pressure implement for LAN cable. 3) Beacon Beacon electrode is protected by water pressure sensor. Beacon protection cover (plastic case) is not necessary. To measure beacon battery voltage, shall measure voltage by digital tester between beacon electrode and frame after

removing water pressure sensor. (The performance degradation of a water pressure sensor shall be prevented.) At First installation, voltage measurement is not necessary. But the voltage shall be measured at annual check.

2.2.2. Operation panel unit 1) wiring Wiring of DC 12V line and RS-485 communication line 2) Installation place Shall be installed in bridge The installation is not necessary near VDR main unit.

2.2.3. Microphone unit 1) Wiring

It shall be wired the same as previous model (JCY-1700).

2.2.4. Radar Image Since FGB unit is option in case of S-VDR, the following option kit shall be installed on ship.

1） CH1 connection Frame Grabber Board Kit: 7ZZJD0052

FGB: CKA-137 • RGB cable（DSUB15－BNCx5） • LAN cable • BNC connector x5（attached insulated ring）

2） CH2 connection When two radars are connected to VDR, CH2 connection kit shall be added.

• FGB CH2 Kit: 7ZZJD0055 • RGB cable (DSUB15－BNCx5） • BNC connector x5 （attached insulated ring）



2.2.5. Serial data（NMEA）

1) Wiring It shall be wired the same as previous model (JCY-1700). 2) Reception lamp There is not OK/NG lamp (Green/Red). Reception status is shown on the maintenance software. 3) Operation panel unit Error information of reception is shown by error code on operation panel unit. (Therefore main unit lamp is not necessary to check.) If error code is shown, the code means unit ID assigned every unit, not connection channel, Unit ID is assigned by maintenance software. E.g. GPS: Error code: 6041 60 = Serial data reception is NG. 41 = GPS unit ID When “Other” is selected as unit ID, the connection CH is shown as error code.

2.2.6. Option unit Connected equipment by RS-422 port 1) Connection CH It shall be connected from CH13 to CH16.

When the option unit is connected, shall be connected in order of CH16, CH15, CH14 and CH13.



2.2.7. Switching Radar

When two radars are connected and VDR record one of two radar images by switching. 1) In case of JRC Radar The following radars output a PJRC sentence which includes a status of transmitting RF signal.

When main radar is transmitting, main radar image is recorded. When main radar is not transmitting, sub radar image is recorded.

Connect a serial output data from Radar unit to the RCU.

Model PJRC Remark JMA-5300 Support JMA-9900 Support JMA-900 Support Ver. 2.0.8 or later Other old model Not support

Outputting sentence of the Radar unit $PJRC, RA, 15, ?, xxxxxxxxxx*hh<CR><LF> ? = 1: transmitting RF 0: not transmitting RF

2) In case of switching signal by dry-contacts In order to switch by dry-contacts, it is necessary to set the logic of dry- contact (Open/Close) for radar selection (Auto selection/Main/sub)

E.g.） Setup Table

PI_1 PI_2 MODE OPEN OPEN AUTO OPEN CLOSE CH1 record CLOSE OPEN CH2 record CLOSE CLOSE －

3) In case of none switching signal by dry-contact Radar image in CH input image signal is recorded. When radar images are input to both of CH, CH1 image is recorded.

PI_1

PI_2



2.2.8. GPS selection

In the following case, GPS selection should be set up. Connecting two GPS units to one port via a switcher Connecting a dry contact signal of switcher

1) Change a recording GPS

When the selection information of GPS is connected with a dry contact signal, VDR records change information. (This is not mandatory.)

Set the logic of the dry contacts by the maintenance software. Ex) OPEN: Main GPS Close: Sub GPS

2.2.9. Radar Interface Unit NWP-46

1) Summary of Radar Interface unit (NWP-46) When VDR is connected with the Radar which has the 1600 x 1200 (UXGA ) screen resolution, VDR requires a Radar Interface unit. Since UXGA image data has the very high frequency, an RGB cable is inextensible to VDR. This problem is solved by changing connection between VDR and Radar into LAN connection by the Radar Interface unit. Therefore it is necessary to install the Radar Interface unit near the Radar.

2) Radar

At present, although NWP-42 is required only for the time of connecting Chart Radar and VDR, all Radar with UXGA screen resolution will require it from now on.

3) Components of NWP-46

NWP-46 are composed by “FGB: Frame Grabber Board” (CKA-137) , and AC/DC power supply. FGB is removed from RCU to NWP-46 when NWP-46 is connected to Radar, although FGB is built in RCU usually.



4) System configuration diagram ● Normal system ( XGA or SXGA etc. ) An RGB cable is extended from radar and it connects to VDR.

● Chart radar system with NWP-46 ( only UXGA ) By connecting NWP-46 to Radar, a LAN cable is extended and it connects to VDR.

5) Shipment units and parts ・ NWP-46 (The piece of Velcro for fixation to Radar is stuck on the bottom of the NWP-46.) ・ DVI-Dsub15 Display cable ( Radar - NWP-46) ・ LAN connector and Cover : five pieces (Connector is crimped to a LAN cable.) ・ (Two pieces are used by NWP-46 and RCU sides. Three pieces are spares. ) ・ Base for cable clamp : five pieces ・ Cable clamp : five pieces



2.3. FGB Kit (7ZZJD0052) Installation Procedure

2.3.1. Components No. Parts Type Qty Remark 1 FGB (Frame Grabber Board) CKA-137 1 Fixed to frame metal 2 RGB cable 7ZCJD0281 1 D-SUB (15)-BNC (x5) 3 J-J type BNC connector BCJ-JR 5 Fixed to frame metal 4 LAN cable 7ZCJD0284 1 Connection between the FGB and the MCB 5 Scews 3 For J-J type BNC connector frame installation 6 BNC connector BCP-H3B 5 For a Radar unit connection to the S-VDR

2.3.2. Installation procedure

STEP Prcedure

Cover

1

Remove a cover of slot for the FGB installation. Unscrew two screws to fix the cover.



FGB

2

Set the FGB(CKA-137) to the slot. Screw the two screws to fix the FGB.

R: Red G: Green B: Blue H: Gray V: Black

3

Connect the RGB cable to the five BNC connectors on the backside of frame. Caution) The cable of an assignment color is connected to the appointed location. R: Red G: Green B: Blue H: Gray V: Black

BNC connector frame Three screws

4

Install the BNC connector frame with three screws. Screw the three screws.



RGB cable

Cable clamp: 2 points

Cable clamp: 2 point

Cable length is adjusted so that it may not interfere with the door of RCU.

5

Lay the RGB cable. Fix the RGB cable by four cable clamps in the ceiling panel section, and connect with the "RGB1" D-SUB connector of FGB.

Shorten the RGB cable length of the FGB side for not touching against door of RCU.

LAN cable

6

Connect the LAN cable between the FGB and the MCB. Connect the LAN cable to any LAN port of VDR-LAN on the MCB.



2.3.3. Setup procedure

The configuration file for connection Radar unit is uploaded to the FGB. Upload the configuration file with the maintenance software. Refer to the 6.1.7th clause for details.

2.3.4. Check a Radar image Check the recording radar image with the Radar monitoring function of maintenance software.

3. Mechanical InstallationJCY-1800/1850 VDR/S-VDR Installation Guide


3. MECHANICAL INSTALLATION

3.1. Protective Capsule: NDH-316/317

3.1.1. Selecting the Location The Protective Capsule contains the final recording medium. If the capsule should sink into the sea, it would be retrieved by ROV (Remote Operation Vehicle) or by divers. To ensure its continuous normal operation and also to ease its recovery and maintenance, the capsule needs to be mounted at a suitable location and in an appropriate way. It should be recommended that the capsule be mounted at a place that satisfies the following conditions. 1) External open deck, e.g. compass deck 2) A place where the capsule can be appropriately grounded to the ship’s hull 3) A place where unobstructed open space can be secured in its vicinity 4) A place as close to the central line of the ship as possible 5) A place where a compass safety distance over 3m in radius can be secured 6) A place that allows easy recovery of the capsule, should the ship sink into the sea

3.1.2. Installing the Capsule

3.1.2.1. Mounting the Capsule 1) NDH-316 for VDR

Mount the capsule with 12 mm steel bolts to the mounting bracket on the external deck. To secure the grounding of the capsule, do not paint the contact surface of the mounting bracket .

FIG. 3-1-1: Mounting the Protective Capsule NDH-316

ＶＯＹＡＧＥＤＡＴＡＲＥＣＯＲＤＥＲ

ＤＯＮＯＴＯＰＥＮＲＥＰＯＲＴＴＯＡＵＴＨＯＲＩＴＩＥＳ

3. Mechanical Installation JCY-1800/1850 VDR/S-VDR Installation Guide


2) NDH-317 for S-VDR

Mount the capsule with 12 mm steel bolts to the mounting bracket on the external deck. To secure the grounding of the capsule, do not paint the contact surface of the mounting bracket.

FIG. 3-1-2: Mounting the Protective Capsule NDH-317

ＶＯＹＡＧＥＤＡＴＡＲＥＣＯＲＤＥＲＤＯＮＯＴＯＰＥＮ

ＲＥＰＯＲＴＴＯＡＵＴＨＯＲＩＴＩＥＳ



3.1.2.2. Fastening the Capsule

Fasten the capsule with external tooth lock washers to the mounting bracket on the external deck. Then, apply a waterproof treatment of RTV (Room Temperature Vulcanizing) sealing material to secure its grounding to the ship’s hull .

FIG. 3-1-3: Grounding to the Hull

The procedures for fastening the Capsule are:

i. Remove the painting around the three holes in the mounting brackets of the Protective Capsule (NDH-316/317).

ii. Place an external tooth lock washer on each of the three holes in the mounting brackets. iii. Apply RTV (Room Temperature Vulcanizing) sealants around the mounting holes. iv. Place the Protective Capsule (NDH-316/317) on the mounting brackets. Adjust the capsule’s

position so that its three holes coincide with those of the mounting brackets. v. Put steel bolts in the holes. vi. Fasten the bolts with nuts.





3.1.2.3. Vicinity clearance of the Capsule : NDH-316 / NDH-317 To ease the maintenance of the Protective Capsule and its recovery in the event of any sea accident, make sure that its vicinity is clear and free from obstacles.

FIG. 3-1-4: Vicinity of the Capsule: NDH-316 / NDH-317





3.2. Connection Box: NQE-3163

3.2.1. Selecting the Location The Connection Box connects the Protective Capsule and the Recording Control Unit with a data line and a power supply line.

It should be recommended that its location should be selected to meet the following conditions.

1) The location needs to be within 1.5m from the Protective Capsule. (The cable attached with the

Protective Capsule is 3.0m in length.) 2) The location needs to be free from excessive vibrations.

3.2.2. Mounting the Connection Box

Fix the Connection Box to handrail or the support pole provided for this box. The length between the Protective Capsule and the Connection Box should be within 1.5m. Seal up four cable grand with silicon or putty sealant.

FIG. 3-2-1: Mounting the Connection Box



3.2.3. Mounting the Connection Box of VDR (JCY-1800)

FIG. 3-2-2: Location for Mounting the Protective Capsule and the Connection Box

ＶＯ

ＹＡ

ＧＥ

ＤＡＴ

ＡＲ

ＥＣ

ＯＲ

ＤＥＲ

ＤＯ

ＮＯ

ＴＯ

ＰＥＮ

ＲＥ

ＰＯ

ＲＴ

ＴＯ

ＡＵ

ＴＨ

ＯＲ

ＩＴ

ＩＥ

Ｓ

Ｌ

ＡＵ

ＴＨ

ＯＲＩ

ＴＩ

ＥＳ

ＴＡ

ＲＥ

ＣＯ

ＲＤ

ＥＲ

ＴＯＰ

ＥＮ



3.2.4. Mounting the Connection Box of S-VDR (JCY-1850)

FIG. 3-2-3: Location for Mounting the Protective Capsule and the Connection Box

ＶＯ

ＹＡ

ＧＥ

ＤＡ

ＴＡ

ＲＥ

ＣＯ

ＲＤ

ＥＲ

ＤＯ

ＮＯ

ＴＯ

ＰＥ

Ｎ

ＲＥ

ＰＯ

ＲＴ

ＴＯ

ＡＵ

ＴＨ

ＯＲ

ＩＴ

ＩＥ

Ｓ

Ｌ

ＡＵ

ＴＨ

ＯＲ

ＩＴ

ＩＥ

Ｓ

ＴＡ

ＲＥ

ＣＯ

ＲＤ

ＥＲ

ＴＯ

ＰＥ

Ｎ



3.3. Recording Control Unit: NDV-1800 / NDV-1850

3.3.1. Selecting the Location

It should be recommended that the location for mounting the Recording Control Unit (NDV-1800/1850) be selected to meet the following conditions. It should be recommended that the Recording Control Unit to be mounted in the wheelhouse. The international standards require the Operation Panel Unit (NCG-169) to be mounted in the wheelhouse.

1) The length of the cable between the Recording Control Unit and the Protective Capsule

(NDH-316/317) should not exceed 30m. 2) The lengths of cables connected to the units installed in the wheelhouse should be as short as

possible. 3) The Recording Control Unit should be protected from bad weathers, and the temperature

around it should be kept at a comfortable level. 4) The Recording Control Unit should be free from excessive vibrations. 5) The Recording Control Unit should be within a compass safety distance of 1.2m. 6) The Recording Control Unit should be distant enough from electric apparatuses such as a

RADAR and radio communication devices that emit excessive electromagnetic field. 7) The maintenance operations such as backing up the data and replacing the battery of the

power supply unit should be easy enough.

3.3.2. Fastening the Recording Control Unit

3.3.2.1. Connecting Cables

1) Wiring hole: The Recording Control Unit is connected with cables from the Protective Capsule, the Operation Panel Unit, the Radar video, the Microphone Units, the Sensor signal (IEC61162-1/2) and so on. The Recording Control Unit therefore has holes in its bottom for these cables to come through.

2) Grounding terminal: To ensure continuous and stable operations, the Recording Control Unit needs to be grounded to the ship’s hull

3.3.2.2. Vicinity Clearance of the Recording Control Unit

The Recording Control Unit has a front door. To allow the door to open easily at anytime, the area within 0.43m of the front door should be kept obstacle-free.

3.3.2.3. Fastening the Recording Control Unit

Fasten the Recording Control Unit onto a bulkhead with four M8 steel bolts (φ10mm). The bulkhead has to sustain the weight of 23kg of the Recording Control Unit.



1) NDV-1800

FIG. 3-3-1: Mounting Outline and Vicinity Clearance of the Recording Control Unit NDV-1800



1) NDV-1850

FIG. 3-3-2: Mounting Outline and Vicinity Clearance of the Recording Control Unit NDV-1850



3.4. Operation Panel Unit: NCG-169


The Operation Panel Unit should be installed in the bridge console panel or a bulkhead in the wheelhouse.

3.4.1.1. Recommended Location

The following is the recommended location for mounting the Operation Panel Unit. It should be in the wheelhouse.

1) The bridge console panel 2) The panel in the back of the wheelhouse

3.4.1.2. Note on selection

Consider the followings when selecting a location for mounting the Operation Panel Unit. 1) In the event of an alarm going off, one, while piloting the ship, should hear the alarm tone

sounding and see the alarm lamp lighting. 2) The Operation Panel Unit should be away from electric apparatuses such as the RADAR

transceiver, radio communication equipment, and so on that may emit an excessive electromagnetic field.

3) The Operation Panel Unit should be free from excessive vibrations. 4) The Operation Panel Unit should be within a compass safety distance of 0.1m.

3.4.2. Fastening the Operation Panel Unit

The Operation Panel Unit can be fastened on or in the bulkhead or console panel. When it is placed in the bulkhead or the console panel, the surface of the panel needs to be cut out in the shape shown in the Figure 3-6 in the next page. When it is fastened on the bulkhead or the console panel, remove its flange. It has 2 wiring holes in the bottom and the back for cables to come in through.



FIG. 3-4-1: Mounting Outline and Vicinity Clearance of the External Alarm Unit (Built-in Type)

FIG. 3-4-2: Mounting Outline and Vicinity Clearance of the External Alarm Unit (Exposed Type)

ＮＣＧ－１６９ＶＤＲＯＰＥＲＡＴＩＯＮＰＡＮＥＬ




3.5. Microphone Unit: NVT-161


The Microphone Unit collects conversations in the bridge, other voices through the public addressor and the intercom, and alarms buzzers of the group panel installed in the bridge. The locations of the microphones should be carefully selected so that they can record vital voice communications.


Although the number of microphones needed depends on the bridge layout, in most cases three microphones will do. The recommended locations for mounting microphones are:

1) The overhead panel or the ceiling above the main conning station. 2) The overhead panel or the ceiling above the main route planning station i.e., the chart table. 3) The overhead panel or the ceiling in the vicinity of the radio transceiver.

3.5.1.2. Notes on selection

Consider the followings when selecting a location for mounting a Microphone Unit. Microphones can collect conversations within a radius of 2.5m. Any obstacles or sources of noise (60dB or more) should be kept out of this range.

1) The microphone unit should be away from any ventilator or draft. 2) The microphone unit should be away from electric apparatuses such as the RADAR, radio

communication equipment, and so on that may emit an excessive electromagnetic field. 3) The microphone unit should not be exposed to excessive vibration. 4) The microphone unit should be in a compass safety distance of 0.5m.

3.5.2. Fastening a Microphone Unit

A Microphone Unit can be mounted in or on the ceiling, a bulkhead, or a console panel. When mounting it in a console panel, cut out the panel surface in the shape as shown in the figure in the next page. Or when mounting it on the surface, remove the flange from the Microphone Unit. Any Microphone Unit has 2 wiring holes. It has a label for the unit number on it. Confirm the location of the label and make sure that the unit number on the label is equal to what is written in the instruction drawing.



FIG. 3-5-1: Mounting Outline and Installation Clearance of the Microphone Unit (Built-in Type)

FIG. 3-5-2: Mounting Outline and Installation Clearance of the Microphone Unit (Exposed Type)



3.6. Waterproof Microphone Unit: NVT-162 (Option)

3.6.1. Selection of mounting location

Waterproof Microphone Units collect conversations about controlling the ship and other voices through the public addressor in the wing. The locations of Waterproof Microphone Units should be carefully selected so that they can collect vital voice communications. The selected locations should meet the following conditions.


Although the number of waterproof microphones needed depends on the wing width, in most cases, the wings can be covered by two waterproof microphones. The following is the recommended location for mounting waterproof microphones.

1) The overhead panel near the talkback equipment.

3.6.1.2. Note on selection

Consider the followings when selecting a location for mounting a Waterproof Microphone Unit. Waterproof microphones can collect conversations within a radius of 2.5m. Any obstacles or sources of noise (60dB or more) should be kept out of this range. 1) The waterproof microphone unit should be away from any ventilator or draft. 2) The waterproof microphone unit should be away from electric apparatuses such as the RADAR,

radio communication equipment, and so on that may emit an excessive electromagnetic field. 3) The waterproof microphone unit should be free from excessive vibrations. 4) The waterproof microphone unit should be in a compass safety distance of 0.4m.

3.6.2. Fastening a Waterproof Microphone Unit

Mount a Waterproof Microphone Unit on a bulkhead in a wing. The unit has 2 holes (φ10mm) on its sides. Insert M8 steel bolts in them and fasten the unit with them. It has a label for the unit number on it. Confirm the location of the label and make sure that the unit number on the label is equal to what is written in the instruction drawing.



FIG. 3-6-1: Outline of the Waterproof Microphone NVT-162

More than 60 degrees



3.7. Digital Signal Converter: NCT-72 - 64ch - (VDR Option)


The location of a Digital Signal Converter should meet the following conditions. 1) The length of the cable to each sensor should be as sort as possible. 2) The Digital Signal Converter should be protected from bad weathers, and the temperature around it

can be kept at an appropriate level. 3) The Digital Signal Converter should be free from excessive vibrations. 4) The compass safety distance of 0.2m can be secured. 5) The Digital Signal Converter should be away from electric apparatuses such as the RADAR, radio

communication equipment, and so on that may emit an excessive electromagnetic field. 6) The maintenance and inspections should be easy enough. 7) The grounding wire to the ship’s hull should be as short as possible.

3.7.2. Fastening the Digital Signal Converter


1) Wiring hole: Any Digital Signal Converter is connected with cables from the Recording Control Unit and various sensors. It therefore has wiring holes in its back and bottom for these cables to come in through.

2) Grounding terminal: To ensure continuous and stable operations, any Digital Signal Converter needs to be grounded appropriately to the ship’s hull.

3.7.2.2. Vicinity Clearance of a Digital Signal Converter

Any Digital Signal Converter has a cover on top. To allow the cover to open easily at anytime for maintenance and inspections, the area within 0.43m of the top cover should be kept obstacle-free.

3.7.2.3. Fastening a Digital Signal Converter

Fasten a Digital Signal Converter onto a bulkhead with four M6 steel bolts (φ7.5mm). The bulkhead has to sustain the weight of 5.0kg of the Digital Signal Converter .



FIG. 3-7-1: Mounting Outline and Vicinity Clearance of a Digital Signal Converter



3.8. Digital Signal Converter: NCT-63 - 16ch - (VDR Option)


The location of a Digital Signal Converter should meet the following conditions. 1) The length of the cable to each sensor should be as sort as possible. 2) The Digital Signal Converter should be protected from bad weathers, and the temperature around it

can be kept at an appropriate level. 3) The Digital Signal Converter should be free from excessive vibrations. 4) The compass safety distance of 0.2m can be secured. 5) The Digital Signal Converter should be away from electric apparatuses such as the RADAR, radio

communication equipment, and so on that may emit an excessive electromagnetic field. 6) The maintenance and inspections should be easy enough. 7) The grounding wire to the ship’s hull should be as short as possible.

3.8.2. Fastening the Digital Signal Converter


1) Wiring hole: Any Digital Signal Converter is connected with cables from the Recording Control Unit and various sensors. It therefore has wiring holes in its back and bottom for these cables to come in through.

2) Grounding terminal: To ensure continuous and stable operations, any Digital Signal Converter needs to be grounded appropriately to the ship’s hull .

3.8.2.2. Vicinity Clearance of a Digital Signal Converter

Any Digital Signal Converter has a cover on top. To allow the cover to open easily at anytime for maintenance and inspections, the area within 0.43m of the top cover should be kept obstacle-free.

3.8.2.3. Fastening a Digital Signal Converter

Fasten a Digital Signal Converter onto a bulkhead with four M6 steel bolts (φ7.5mm). The bulkhead has to sustain the weight of 2.9kg of the Digital Signal Converter.



FIG. 3-7-2: Mounting Outline and Vicinity Clearance of a Digital Signal Converter



3.9. Radar Interface Unit: NWP-46 (Option)


The location of a Radar Interface Unit should meet the following conditions. 1) The length of the RGB cable to Radar unit should be as sort as possible. 2) The Radar Interface Unit should be protected from bad weathers, and the temperature around it can

be kept at an appropriate level. 3) The Radar Interface Unit should be free from excessive vibrations. 4) The compass safety distance of 0.5m can be secured. 5) The maintenance and inspections should be easy enough. 6) The grounding wire to the ship’s hull should be as short as possible. 7) Install in the space on the background of a liquid crystal Radar display.

Radar Interface Unit

3.9.2. Fastening the Radar Interface Unit


1) Grounding terminal: To ensure continuous and stable operations, any Radar Interface Unit needs to be grounded appropriately to the ship’s hull.

3.9.2.2. Fastening a Radar Interface Unit

Fasten a Radar Interface Unit on a Radar unit with Velcro.



FIG. 3-9-1: Mounting Outline and Vicinity Clearance of a Radar Interface Unit



3.9.3. Connection to the JMA-900 Chart Radar Unit

3.9.3.1. Fastening the Radar Interface Unit on the JMA-900 Chart Radar Unit

Install the Radar Interface unit (NWP-46) as follows procedure. 1）Remove the front cover of Radar

Remove the cover of Radar with reference to a “Radar installation guide”. Assemble the laid LAN cable and Power cable.

2）Connect the display cable to Radar

Connect the DVI plug of an attached display cable to the jack on the AGP slot of the Radar.

Do not remove this connector when the Chart Radar is turned on. A image data is no longer outputted from a Radar.

Caution



3) Wiring in the Radar

Fix the display cable by the attached clamp.

Earth the shield of LAN cable and Power cable to bottom chassis of the Radar. Fix the two cables on the comb type base. Fix the two cables at optimal position by attached clamps. Pull out the three cables from a feed port. Fix the three cables by a attached clamp. Cables: Display cable LAN cable Power cable

Pull up the three cables through this space.



4）Connect to a Radar Interface unit

Connect the power cable to the terminal. Connect the plug of display cable in the “RGB IN” jack.

Do not remove this connector when a Chart Radar is turned on. A image data is no longer outputted from a Radar.

Connect the plug of LAN cable in the “LAN” jack. Make the power switch into the position of ON. So a Radar Interface unit (NWP-46) will be interlocked with the power supply of RCU.

5） Install a Radar Interface unit

Install a Radar Interface unit by the piece of Velcro on a Radar body. Fix the three cables by a attached clamp.

3.9.3.2. Edit a setup file of a Chart Radar (JMA-900M series) to output a image data for VDR

The output port of Chart Radar which connected Radar Interface unit is not outputting image data in the default setting. It needs to be setting changed for outputting an image data for VDR from a Chart Radar.

● Edit a setup file with reference to the installation guide of a Chart Radar (JMA-900M series).

A Chart Radar is watching whether a Radar Interface unit is connected to the image output port. When a Radar Interface unit is not connected, a Chart Radar stops image data output, but also initialize a setup file. → Do not remove the display cable when a Chart Radar（JMA-900M series） is turned on. When it has removed, it is

necessary to edit a setup file again for outputting image data for a VDR.

3.9.3.3. Check the function

・ Turn on the RCU and check that green LED of the LAN connector of the Radar Interface unit lights up. When green LED does not light up, it is a mistake in wiring with RCU.

・ When green LED lights up, get a Radar image data by a maintenance software.

Caution

Caution



This page is intentionally left blank

4. CablingJCY-1800/1850 VDR/S-VDR Installation Guide


4. CABLING

4.1. Cabling of the Protective Capsule NDH-316/317

4.1.1. Protective Capsule NDH-316/317 – Connection Box NQE-3163

Two 3m cables are connected to the Protective Capsule NDH-316/317. One is used for power supply, while the other is for data communication; the shielded twist pair cable of Ethernet category-5 based on TIA/EIA-568A standard. These cables are connected to the terminal board in the Connection Box NQE-3163. Connection Table:

Term. # Cable Color Signal Name Power Cable of the Protective Capsule (Red Cable) 1 SHIELD Hull Ground 2 RED 24VDC 3 BLACK 24VDC Return Shielded Twist Pair Cable (Ethernet cable) of the Protective Capsule (Black Cable) 4 WHITE/GREEN TX (+) 5 GREEN TX (-) 6 WHITE/ORANGE RX (+) 7 ORANGE RX (-) 8 SHIELD Hull Ground

4. Cabling JCY-1800/1850 VDR/S-VDR Installation Guide


4.2. Cabling of the Recording Control Unit NDV-1800/1850

The following cables are connected to the Recording Control Unit (RCU).

1) The power supply cable and the LAN cable of the Ethernet category-5 between the Connection Box and the RCU.

2) The cable of the RS-485 between the Operation Panel Unit and the RCU. 3) The cables from the Microphone Units. 4) The cables from the VHF radio telephones. 5) The co-axial cables for video signals from the RADAR equipment. 6) The data cable between the NMEA output sensor and the RCU. 7) The communication cable between the Dry Signal Converter and the RCU. 8) The cable for Syncro/Step signal from the Gyro. 9) The cable for Pulse signal from the Speed log. 10) The power cable from the Power Distribution Board. 11) The cable for supplying AC power to the Option Units.

4.2.1. Recording Control Unit NDV-1800/1850 –Connection Box NQE-3163

Connect the power supply cable and LAN cable from the Connection Box to the Recording Control Unit. The length of each cable should be 30m or less.

Connection table for power line:

RCU Term #

Connection BoxTerm # Signal Name

TB406 TB1 1 [DC24V] 2 DC Line + (DC 19.5V~36V) 2 [GND] 3 DC Line - (DC 19.5V~36V) Cable Clamp 1 Shield Cable Specification 2 (wires) x 2.5 mm2 , shielded waterproof cable Connection table for data line:

RCU Term #

Connection BoxTerm # Comments

Cdj-2304 J503 [VDR-LAN]

RJ-45 CONNECTOR

TB1

1 [TXP] 4 Ethernet TX (+) White / Green 2 [TXN] 5 Ethernet TX (-) Green 3 [RXP] 6 Ethernet RX (+) White / Orange 4 - Blue 5 - White / blue 6 [RXN] 7 Ethernet RX (-) Orange 7 - White / Brown 8 - Brown SHIELD 8 SHIELD

Cable Specification Shielded twist pair waterproof cable of Category-5 Ethernet complying with TIA/EIA-568A



4.2.2. Recording Control Unit NDV-1800/1850 – Operation Panel Unit NCG-169

Connect the power supply cable and RS-485 serial cable from the Recording Control Unit to the Operation Panel Unit. The length of each cable should be 30m or less.

Connection table for communication and power line:

RCU Term #

OPU Term # Signal Name

CQD-2040 TB403 [OPU]

TB1101

1 [+12V] 1 +12V 2 [GND] 2 GND 3 [T/R +] 3 Tx/Rx + 4 [T/R -] 4 Tx/Rx - FG - Shield

Cable Specification 2-pair x twisted pair x 0.75mm2, shielded

4.2.3. Recording Control Unit NDV-1800/1850 – Microphone Unit NVT-161

Connect cables to the TB1 of the Microphone Units. Connect the cables from the Microphone Units to the 5P detachable terminals of the RCU. Be sure that the unit number corresponds to the terminal number of the RCU.

The length of each cable should be 30m or less. Connection Table:

RCU Connector Pin#

Microphone Unit Term # Signal Name

CQD-2041 J901 [MIC-1] / J902 [MIC-2] / J903 [MIC-3] / J904 [MIC-4] / J905 [MIC-5] / J906 [MIC-6] / J907 [MIC-7] / J908 [MIC-8] / J909 [MIC-9]

TB1

1 [MIC+] 1 HOT line of Microphone (Phantom powered line: 12VDC)

2 [MIC-] 2 COLD line of Microphone (Phantom powered line: 12VDC)

3 [MIC-GND] 3 GND line of Microphone (Phantom powered line: 12VDC return)

4 [SPK+] 4 HOT line of Self-test Speaker 5 [SPK-] 5 COLD line of Self-test Speaker

Cable Specification 2-pair x twisted pair x 0.75mm2, shielded



4.2.4. Recording Control Unit NDV-1800/1850 – Waterproof Microphone Unit NVT-162

The connection table is the same as that of the Microphone Unit NVT-161 except the cable specification. Make sure that the unit number of the Waterproof Microphone Unit coincides with the terminal number of the RCU.

The length of each cable should be 30m or less.

Cable Specification 2-pair x twisted pair x 0.75mm2, shielded and waterproof

4.2.5. Recording Control Unit NDV-1800/1850 – VHF Radio telephone equipment

Connect a cable to an audio signal output of a VHF radiotelephone. Connect the cable to the detachable 3P of the RCU.

RCU

Connector Pin# VHF set Term # Comments

CQD-2041 J910 [VHF-1]/ J911 [VHF-2]/ J912 [VHF-3]

1 [+] VHF audio output (HOT line) 2 [-] VHF audio output (COLD line) 3 [Shield] Shield

Cable Specification 1-pair x twisted pair x 0.75mm2 , shielded

* Signal Specification for VHF radiotelephone connected to the RCU

Output impedance: 600-ohm balanced Output signal level: 0 dBm

In case the signals of the VHF radiotelephone are unbalanced, do not short circuit between the [C] terminal and the [SHIELD] terminals.

4.2.6. Recording Control Unit NDV-1800/1850 – RADAR video

Connect the coaxial cable to a video signal output of the RADAR equipment. In case the video output connector is HD (3WAY), it needs to be transformed into BNC connector. Use the attached BNC plug when connecting the Video cable to the RCU.

Connection table: Video input CH1

RCU Connector #

RADAR set Connection # Signal Name

RGB Connector panel

J101 [R] R Red signal J102 [G] G Green signal J103 [B] B Blue signal J104 [H] Hs Horizontal sync pulse J105 [V] Vs Vertical sync pulse



Connection table: Video input CH2

RCU Connector #

RADAR set Connection # Signal Name

RGB Connector panel

J106 [R] R Red signal J107 [G] G Green signal J108 [B] B Blue signal J109 [H] Hs Horizontal sync pulse J110 [V] Vs Vertical sync pulse

Cable Specification Coaxial cable of 75-ohm impedance e.g. 3C-2V / RG-59/U

4.2.6.1. Signal format of RADAR video

The video output format for a color raster scan display employs the five different signal types:

Signal Name Details of signal R RED The red intensity amplitude.

The standard voltage level is 0.7V peak. Impedance is 75-ohm.

G GREEN The green intensity amplitude. The standard voltage level is 0.7V peak. Impedance is 75-ohm.

B BLUE The blue intensity amplitude. The standard voltage level is 0.7V peak. Impedance is 75-ohm.

Hs HORIZONTAL Sync Synchronized signals of the horizontal line (positive/negative), Signal is in TTL level.

Vs VERTICAL Sync Synchronized signals of the vertical line (positive/negative), Signal is in TTL level.



4.2.6.2. Monitor Timing of the RADAR Video

The monitor timing of the RADAR video signal is decided based on the VESA DTMS. The VESA DTMS stands for Video Electronics Standards Association Discrete Monitor Timings Standard.

With the VDR, the following signals can be input.

1) Resolution: Up to 16000 x 1200 pixels 2) Refresh rate: Up to 85 Hz (depending on resolution) 3) Pixel frequency: Up to 162.0 MHz 4) Scan method: interlaced / non-interlaced 5) Synchronize method: Separate / Synch on Green

Resolution Refresh Rate

Horizontal Frequency

Pixel Frequency

640 x 350 pixels 85 Hz 37.9 kHz 31.500 MHz 640 x 400 pixels 85 Hz 37.9 kHz 31.500 MHz 720 x 400 pixels 85 Hz 37.9 kHz 35.500 MHz 640 x 480 pixels 60 Hz 31.5 kHz 25.175 MHz 72 Hz 37.9 kHz 31.500 MHz 75 Hz 37.5 kHz 31.500 MHz 85 Hz 43.3 kHz 36.000 MHz 800 x 600 pixels 56 Hz 31.5 kHz 36.000 MHz 60 Hz 37.9 kHz 40.000 MHz 72 Hz 48.1 kHz 50.000 MHz 75 Hz 46.9 kHz 49.500 MHz 85 Hz 53.7 kHz 56.250 MHz 1024 x 768 pixels 60 Hz 48.4 kHz 65.000 MHz 70 Hz 56.5 kHz 75.000 MHz 75 Hz 60.0 kHz 78.750 MHz 85 Hz 68.7 kHz 94.500 MHz 1152 x 864 pixels 75 Hz 67.5 kHz 108.000 MHz 1280 x 960 pixels 60 Hz 60.0 kHz 108.000 MHz 1280 x 1024 pixels 60 Hz 64.0 kHz 108.000 MHz 75 Hz 80.0 kHz 135.000 MHz 85 Hz 91.1 kHz 157.500 MHz 1600 x 1200 pixels 60 Hz 75.0 kHz 162.000 MHz

* Scan method is non-interlaced for all the resolutions.



4.2.6.3. Connectability of JRC RADAR Series

The Connectability of JRC RADAR equipment is tabulated as below. All the RADAR equipment other than JMA-9900 / 9800mk2 needs an additional video buffer inside.

1) JMA-9900 / 9800mk2 series

Resolution 1024 x 768 pixel Scan Non-interlaced Color Color Output Signal R / G / B / Vs / Hs Connector D-SUB15 Vertical Refresh rate 60 Hz Sync Impedance 75 ohms Signal level +5.0 - 0V at 2.2k ohms termination

+2.5 - 0V at 75 ohms termination Polarity Negative Horizontal Frequency 48.36 kHz Sync Impedance 75 ohms Signal level +5.0 - 0V at 2.2k ohms termination

+2.5 - 0V at 75 ohms termination Polarity Negative Video Pixel frequency 125.000 MHz signal Impedance 75 ohms Signal level +0.7 - 0V Polarity Positive

The type of its output connector, HD (3WAY), is different from that of the input connectors of the VDR, BNC. A connection kit (CQD-1891) is therefore needed to connect them.

* JMA-9900 / 9800mk2 series Radar should be connected to the S-VDR 2) JMA-5300 series

Resolution 1280 x 1024 pixel Scan Non-interlaced Color Color Output Signal R / G / B / Vs / Hs Connector D-SUB15 Vertical Refresh rate 60 Hz Sync Impedance 75 ohms Signal level +5.0 - 0V at 2.2k ohms termination

+2.5 - 0V at 75 ohms termination Polarity Positive Horizontal Frequency 64.0kHz Sync Impedance 75 ohms Signal level +5.0 - 0V at 2.2k ohms termination

+2.5 - 0V at 75 ohms termination Polarity Positive Video Pixel frequency 108.000 MHz signal Impedance 75 ohms Signal level +0.7 - 0V Polarity Positive

*To make the output to the VDR viable, please incorporate an amplifier (CAD-249), RGB cable (CFQ-8914) and VDR connection kit (CQD-1891) into the RADAR equipment, using a kit provided by JRC.

* JMA-5300 series Radar should be connected to the S-VDR



3) JMA-900M series (Chart Radar)

Resolution 1600 x 1200 pixel Scan Non-interlaced Color Color Output Signal R / G / B / Vs / Hs Connector BNC Vertical Refresh rate 60 Hz Sync Impedance 75 ohms Signal level +5.0 - 0V at 2.2k ohms termination

+2.5 - 0V at 75 ohms termination Polarity Negative Horizontal Frequency 75 kHz Sync Impedance 75 ohms Signal level +5.0 - 0V at 2.2k ohms termination

+2.5 - 0V at 75 ohms termination Polarity Positive Video Pixel frequency 162.000 MHz signal Impedance 75 ohms Signal level +0.7 - 0V Polarity Positive

* If the Radar equipment is JMA-900M, the Radar Interface Unit (NWP-46) should be installed. Connection cable (DVI-DSUB15) is an accessory of NWP-46.

* JMA-900M series Radar should be connected to the S-VDR

4) JMA-9800 series

Resolution 1024 x 768 pixel Scan Non-interlaced Color Color Output Signal R / G / B / Vs / Hs Connector BNC Vertical Refresh rate 60 Hz Sync Impedance 75 ohms Signal level +5.0 - 0V at 2.2k ohms termination

+2.5 - 0V at 75 ohms termination Polarity Negative Horizontal Frequency 48.36 kHz Sync Impedance 75 ohms Signal level +5.0 - 0V at 2.2k ohms termination


*To make the output to the VDR viable, please incorporate an amplifier (NAD-30) and VDR connection kit (MPBC36097) into the RADAR equipment, using a kit provided by JRC.

* JMA-9800 series Radar should be connected to the S-VDR



5) JMA-9000 / 7000 series

Resolution 1312 x 928 pixel Scan Non-interlaced Color Monochrome Output Signal VD / Vs / Hs Connector BNC Vertical Refresh rate 45.5 Hz Sync Impedance 75 ohms Signal level +5.0 - 0V at 2.2k ohms termination

+2.5 - 0V at 75 ohms termination Polarity Negative Horizontal Frequency 43.88 kHz sync Impedance 75 ohms Signal level +5.0 - 0V at 2.2k ohms termination


*To make the output to the VDR viable, please incorporate an amplifier (NAD-30) and VDR connection kit (MPBC35722) into the RADAR equipment, using a kit provided by JRC.

* JMA-9000/7000 series Radar could be connected to the S-VDR

6) JMA-7700 series Resolution 1024 x 768 pixel Scan Non-interlaced Color Color Output Signal R / G / B / Vs / Hs Connector BNC Vertical Refresh rate 68.6 Hz sync Impedance 75 ohms Signal level +5.0 - 0V at 2.2k ohms termination

+2.5 - 0V at 75 ohms termination Polarity Negative Horizontal Frequency 54.44 kHz sync Impedance 75 ohms Signal level +5.0 - 0V at 2.2k ohms termination


*To make the output to the VDR viable, please incorporate an VDR connection kit (CFQ-8914, CQD-1891) into the RADAR equipment, using a kit provided by JRC.

* JMA-7700 series Radar could be connected to the S-VDR



4.2.7. Recording Control Unit NDV-1800/1850 – Sensor NMEA data

The following cables are connected to the Recording Control Unit for recoding NMEA data. • NDV-1800 has 32 ports for inputting NMEA data. • NDV-1850 has 16 ports for inputting NMEA data. (not installed TB404, 405)

Connection table for sensors: ch1 ~ ch12

RCU Term #

Sensor Term # Signal Name

CQD-2040 TB401 [CH-1 to 12]

NMEA0183 OUT

1/3/5/7/9/11/13/15/17/19/21/23 [RX+] TX+ NMEA Output (Positive) 2/4/6/8/10/12/14/16/18/20/22/24 [RX-] TX- NMEA Output (Negative) Cable Cramp SHIELD SHIELD

Connection table for sensors: ch13 ~ ch16

RCU Term #


CQD-2040 TB402 [CH-13 to 16]

NMEA0183 OUT

1/6/11/16 [RX+] TX+ NMEA Output (Positive) 2/7/12/17 [RX-] TX- NMEA Output (Negative) Cable Cramp SHIELD SHIELD

Connection table for sensors: ch17 ~ ch24 (only NDV-1800)

DAU Term #


CQD-2040 TB404 [CH-17 to 24]

NMEA0183 OUT

1/3/5/7/9/11/13/15 [RX+] TX+ NMEA Output (Positive) 2/4/6/8/10/12/14/16 [RX-] TX- NMEA Output (Negative) Cable Cramp SHIELD SHIELD

Connection table for sensors: ch25 ~ ch32 (only NDV-1800)

DAU Term #


CQD-2040 TB405 [CH-25 to 32]

NMEA0183 OUT

1/3/5/7/9/11/13/15 [RX+] TX+ NMEA Output (Positive) 2/4/6/8/10/12/14/16 [RX-] TX- NMEA Output (Negative) Cable Cramp SHIELD SHIELD

Cable Specification 1-pair x twist pair x 0.75mm2 , shielded



Default interface condition:

Signal type EIA-422 / EIA-485 Baud rate 4800 bps / 38400bps (for AIS) Data bits 8 (d7 = 0) Parity None Start bits One Stop bits One

■ AIS data

When radar images cannot be recorded, the output data of AIS must be recorded as an alternative. However, JCY-1800/1850 can also record both all AIS data and radar images.

■ Setup by Maintenance soft ware for recording the AIS data Only by changing the following setup, the data outputted from AIS is recordable by the same setup as

other NMEA sentences. • Baud rate : 38400 • Header : !

4.2.8. Recording Control Unit NDV-1800/1850 – Digital Signal Converter (NCT-72/63)

When mounting a Digital Signal Converter, connect the serial data line to ch13 through ch16 of the RCU. For each Digital Signal Converter, two way communications port is needed to allow the writing of the setting information or the updating of the software version.

Connection table: Communication line for DSC

RCU Term #

DSC Term # Signal Name

CQD-2040 TB402 [CH-13 to 16]

CDJ-2333 TB101 [422]

1/6/11/16 [RX+] 1[TX+] NMEA OUTPUT (Positive) 2/7/12/17 [RX-] 2[TX-] NMEA OUTPUT (Negative) 3/8/13/18 [TX+] 4[RX+] INPUT FOR SETTING (Positive) 4/9/14/19 [TX-] 5[RX-] INPUT FOR SETTING (Negative) 5/10/15/20 [GND] 3[GND] GND Cable Cramp Cable Cramp SHIELD

Cable Specification 4 (pairs) x twist pair x 0.75 mm2,, Shielded

Default interface condition: Signal type EIA-422/EIA-485 Baud rate 4800 bps Data bits 8 (d7=0) Parity None Start bits 1 Stop bits 1



4.2.9. Recording Control Unit NDV-1800/1850 – Gyro output the Syncro/Step signal

The following cables are connected to the Recording Control Unit for recoding Heading sentence converted from syncro/step signal..

1) Syncro signal

RCU Term #


CHM-378 TB1002 Syncro signal OUT

1 [S1] S1 Syncro1 2 [S2] S2 Syncro2 3 [S3] S3 Syncro3 4 [Ref1] R1 Reference-1 5 [Ref2] R2 Reference-2 Cable Cramp Cable Cramp SHIELD

Cable Specification 5 x 0.75 mm2,, Shielded


Primary voltage AC50-115V, 50/60Hz Secondary voltage AC20-90V, 50/60Hz Ratio 36 / 90 / 180 / 360 / 1 Direction Order / Reverse

2) Step signal RCU

Term # DSC

Term # Signal Name

CHM-378 TB1001 Step signal OUT

1 [S1] S1 Syncro1 2 [S2] S2 Syncro2 3 [S3] S3 Syncro3 4 [COM] COM Common Cable Cramp Cable Cramp SHIELD



Voltage DC24V / 35V / 50V / 70V Ratio 36 / 90 / 180 / 360 / 1 Direction Order / Reverse



4.2.10. Recording Control Unit NDV-1800/1850 – Speed log output the Pulse signal

The following cables are connected to the Recording Control Unit for recoding Speed sentence converted from Pulse signal..

Pulse signal

RCU Term #


CHM-378 TB1003 Pulse signal OUT

1 [LP] + Pulse 2 [LPE] - GND Cable Cramp Cable Cramp SHIELD



Pulse / NM 100 / 160 / 200 / 400 Interface Photo-coupling / Dry contact

4.2.11. Recording Control Unit NDV-1800/1850 – Emergency Power Distribution Board

Connect the power supply line of the RCU to the Emergency Power Distribution Board Connection table for power line:

RCU Term #

Emergency Power Distribution Board

Term # Signal Name

TB101 AC IN

1 [U] AC Line U (AC85V~132V, AC170V~265V) 2 [V] AC Line V (AC85V~132V, AC170V~265V) 3 [E] SHIELD

Cable Specification 2 (wires) x 2.5 mm2 , shielded



4.2.12. Recording Control Unit NDV-1800/1850 – External Alarm Lamp

Connect the RCU to the External Alarm Lamp, which is incorporated into the External Alarm Console.

- Connecting the two lines [A]-[C]: Normal open contact - Connecting the two lines [B]-[C]: Normal close contact

Once an alarm is detected in the VDR, the alarm status is displayed. When everything has been restored, the normal status is displayed.

Connection table for External Alarm Lamp:

RCU Term # External Alarm Console Remarks

CQD-2040 TB406 ERROR

3 [A] Normal Open Contact 4 [C] Common 5 [B] Normal close Contact Cable Specification 2 (wires) x 0.75 mm2

4.2.13. Recording Control Unit NDV-1800/1850 – External Alarm Buzzer

Connect the RCU to the External Alarm Buzzer, which is incorporated into the External Alarm Console.

- Connecting the two lines [A]-[C]: Normal open contact - Connecting the two lines [B]-[C]: Normal close contact

Once an alarm is detected in the VDR, the alarm status is displayed. Press the [ACK] switch, and the normal status is displayed.

Connection table for External Alarm Buzzer:

RCU Term # External Alarm Console Remarks

CQD-2040 TB406 ALARM

6 [A] Normal Open Contact 7 [C] Common 8 [B] Normal close Contact Cable Specification 2 (wires) x 0.75 mm2



4.2.14. Recording Control Unit NDV-1800/1850 – GPS Switch/RADAR Switch

When the RCU is connected to either the GPS Switch or the RADAR Switch, it receives dry contact feedback signals from the switch. These signals enable the RCU to display which of the GPS or the RADAR devices is connected to it.

These select input ports can use general dry contact input ports when these ports not use as GPS (or RADAR) signal select input ports.

Connection table for GPS Switch or RADAR Switch (or general dry contact output unit):

RCU Term # GPS switch etc. Remarks

CQD-2040 TB406 SELECT

9 [PI1+] RADAR Select Signal or Dry Contact Input 1 10 [PI1-] RADAR Select Signal or Dry Contact Input 1 11 [PI2+] RADAR Select Signal or Dry Contact Input 2 12 [PI2-] RADAR Select Signal or Dry Contact Input 2 13 [PI3+] GPS Select Signal Dry Contact Input 3 14 [PI3-] GPS Select Signal Dry Contact Input 3 Cable Specification 2 (wires) x 0.75 mm2

Radar selection table by dry contact state

P11 PI2 Ch1 RADAR Ch2 RADAR

Close Open Recording Open Close Recording Open Open Auto selecting



4.3. Cabling of the Digital Signal Converter NCT-72 / 63 (VDR option)

The following cables are connected to the Digital Signal Converter (DSC).

1) A data cable between Non voltage Digital Signal Converters and the DSC 2) A serial data cable between the DSC and the RCU 3) Power Supply cable

4.3.1. Digital Signal Converter NCT-72/63 – Dry contacts output Equipments

The Digital Signal Converters are connected to sensors that output dry contact signals.

• NCT-72 has 64 ports for inputting Dry contact data. • NCT-63 has 16 ports for inputting Dry Contact data. (not installed TB2, 3,4)

Connection table for sensors: ch1 ~ ch16 (NCT-72 and NCT-63)

DSC Term #


CQD-2081/2012 TB1 [CH-1 to 16]

1/3/5/7/9/11/13/15/17/19/21/23/25/27/29/31 [IN+]

OUT+ Dry Contact Signal:

2/4/6/8/10/12/14/16/18/20/22/24/26/28/30/32 [IN-]

OUT- Dry Contact Signal: [IN-] line is commonly shared by all.

Cable Cramp SHIELD SHIELD

Connection table for sensors: ch17 ~ ch32 (NCT-72 only)

DSC Term #


CQD-2081/2012 TB2 [CH-17 to 32]

31/29/27/25/23/21/19/17/15/13/11/9/7/5/3/1 [IN+]


32/30/28/26/24/22/20/18/16/14/12/10/8/6/4/2 [IN-]




DSC Term #


CQD-2081/2012 TB3 [CH-33 to 48]

1/3/5/7/9/11/13/15/17/19/21/23/25/27/29/31 [IN+]


2/4/6/8/10/12/14/16/18/20/22/24/26/28/30/32 [IN-]






DSC Term #


CQD-2081/2012 TB4 [CH-49 to 64]

31/29/27/25/23/21/19/17/15/13/11/9/7/5/3/1 [IN+]


32/30/28/26/24/22/20/18/16/14/12/10/8/6/4/2 [IN-]



4.3.2. Digital Signal Converter NCT-72/63 – Analog output Sensors (Option)

As an option, the A/D convert Board (ADC: CEF-60) can be incorporated into the DSC. The DSC can have up to 8 channels for inputting Analog signals.

Connection table for analog output sensors:

DSC Term #


ADC CEF-60 TB301 -[CH-0-3]

Sensor Output (Voltage/Current)

1 [ANALOG IN CH0+] OUT + Voltage or Current Output + 2 [ANALOG IN CH0-] OUT - Voltage or Current Output - 3 [ANALOG IN CH1+] OUT + Voltage or Current Output + 4 [ANALOG IN CH1-] OUT - Voltage or Current Output - 5 [ANALOG IN CH2+] OUT + Voltage or Current Output + 6 [ANALOG IN CH2-] OUT - Voltage or Current Output - 7 [ANALOG IN CH3+] OUT + Voltage or Current Output + 8 [ANALOG IN CH3-] OUT - Voltage or Current Output - ADC CEF-60 TB302 -[CH-4-7]

Sensor Output (Voltage/Current)

1 [ANALOG IN CH4+] OUT + Voltage or Current Output + 2 [ANALOG IN CH4-] OUT - Voltage or Current Output - 3 [ANALOG IN CH5+] OUT + Voltage or Current Output + 4 [ANALOG IN CH5-] OUT - Voltage or Current Output - 5 [ANALOG IN CH6+] OUT + Voltage or Current Output + 6 [ANALOG IN CH6-] OUT - Voltage or Current Output - 7 [ANALOG IN CH7+] OUT + Voltage or Current Output + 8 [ANALOG IN CH7-] OUT - Voltage or Current Output -

Cable Specification 1-pair x twist pair x 0.75mm2 , shielded

Interface condition:

Signal type Input Signal Range Voltage signal +/-500mV, +/-5V, +/-10V Current signal +/-20mA



4.3.3. Digital Signal Converter NCT-72/63 – Recording Control Unit NDV-1800/1850

1) Communication line

Connect the serial data line to ch13 through ch16 of the RCU. For each Digital Signal Converter, two way communications port is needed to allow the writing of the setting information or the updating of the software version.

Connection table: Communication line for RCU

RCU Term #


CQD-2040 TB402 [CH-13 to 16]

CDJ-2333 TB101 [422]

1/6/11/16 [RX+] 1[TX+] NMEA OUTPUT (Positive) 2/7/12/17 [RX-] 2[TX-] NMEA OUTPUT (Negative) 3/8/13/18 [TX+] 4[RX+] INPUT FOR SETTING (Positive) 4/9/14/19 [TX-] 5[RX-] INPUT FOR SETTING (Negative) 5/10/15/20 [GND] 3[GND] GND Cable Cramp Cable Cramp SHIELD

Cable Specification 4 (pairs) x twist pair x 0.75 mm2,, Shielded


Signal type EIA-422/EIA-485 Baud rate 4800 bps Data bits 8 (d7=0) Parity None Start bits 1 Stop bits 1

2) Power source Connect the power supply line of the DSC to the AC output terminal of RCU.

Connection table: Power line from RCU

DSC Term #

RCU Term # Signal Name

TB1 on PCB AC IN TB102 AC OUT 1 [U] 1 [U] AC Line U (AC85V~132V, AC170V~265V) 2 [V] 2 [V] AC Line V (AC85V~132V, AC170V~265V) 3 [E] 3 [E] SHIELD




4.4. Cabling of the Radar Interface Unit NWP-46 (VDR option) The following cables are connected to the Radar Interface Unit (RIU).

1) RGB(Video) cable between Radar Unit and the RIU 2) Ethernet cable between the RIU and the RCU 3) Power Supply cable

4.4.1. Radar Interface Unit NWP-46 – Radar Unit (UXGA resolution)

The Radar Interface Unit is connected to Video signal output port of a Radar Unit. The Radar Interface Unit has two ports for main Radar unit and sub Radar Unit. Prepare connectable cables which should be selected by output connector type of a Radar unit. The RIU is an option unit for connecting the JRC Chart radar (JMA-900M series). Therefore connectable cable to JMA-900M is an accessory of NWP-46.

Connection table for Video signal: Main Radar RIU input port Radar output port Signal Name

RGB1 (D-SUB15) - Video signal: RGB,Vs,Hs

Connection table for Video signal: Sub Radar RIU input port Radar output port Signal Name

RGB2 (D-SUB15) - Video signal: RGB,Vs,Hs

■ JMA-900Mseries Chart Radar DVI type connector

Connect the DVI plug of an attached display cable to the jack on the AGP slot of the Radar.

Do not remove this connector when a Chart Radar is turned on. Image data is no longer outputted from a Radar.

Caution



4.4.2. Radar Interface Unit NWP-46 – Recording Control Unit NDV-1800/1850

1) Ethernet line

Connect the Ethernet line to any VDL-LAN port of the RCU.

Connection table: Ethernet line to RCU RIF port RCU port Signal Name

LAN port VDR-LAN port One of LAN ports of J503

RJ-45 CONNECTOR RJ-45 CONNECTOR 1 [TXP] 1 [TXP] Ethernet TX (+) 2 [TXN] 2 [TXN] Ethernet TX (-) 3 [RXP] 3 [RXP] Ethernet RX (+) 6 [RXN] 6 [RXN] Ethernet RX (-)

Cable Specification Shielded twist pair waterproof cable of Category-5 Ethernet complying with TIA/EIA-568A

2) Power source

Connect the power supply line of the RIF to the AC output terminal of RCU.

Connection table for power line: RIF

Term # RCU

Term # Signal Name

AC INPUT TB101 TB102 AC OUT 1 [U] 1 [U] AC Line U (AC85V~132V, AC170V~265V) 2 [V] 2 [V] AC Line V (AC85V~132V, AC170V~265V) 3 [E] 3 [E] SHIELD




4.5. Assembling an Ethernet Connector (RJ-45 type) Assemble an Ethernet connector according to the following procedure.

4.5.1. Assemble outside sheath of an Ethernet cable

Cut off outside sheath except for inner LAN Cable at the cable let-in hole. Only shielding wire needs to leave length to a chassis.

Wire an inner LAN cable with sheath into a Radar.

4.5.2. How to assemble an Ethernet connector

1

Let the Ethernet cable pass through the cable boot.

2

Measure the length of the cable sheath that is to be

peeled. NOTE: The rough standard is the length of your thumb (about 5 to 6 cm).

3

Make a cut in the sheath by a wire stripper. NOTE: Do not rotate the stripper over 360 degrees.



4

Check by bending the cable that the foil inside is not damaged. If the foil inside is damaged, cut the cable there and go back to the procedure 2 again.

5

[Failure example] The foil is torn and the core wires inside can be seen.

6

Cut the sheath by a cutter ver- tically from the cut line made by the stripper in the procedure 3. NOTE: Do not damage the foil inside.

7

Twist the cable to split off the sheath. Peel the sheath along the cut lines made by the stripper and the cutter.

8

Check that the foil is not damaged after the sheath is peeled. The foil is OK if it is not torn by the pull of the arrow direction shown in the left figure.

Failure example



9

Fold back the foil and roll it up around the cable. The blue surface of the foil must be touched to the sheath.

10

As the same way, fold back the drain wire to attach to the sheath.

11

Cut off the vinyl covering the core wires by scissors. NOTE: Cut the vinyl off at the bottom-most of the bare core wires for not blocking the connector to put in.


DOC No. 7Z

12

Untwist the core wires and straighten each wire.

13

After straightening, arrange the core wires so that the

wires are aligned in the wiring order. NOTE: Above picture shows the order of “Wiring A.”

14

15

16

Wo
Wiring A
P

A pin number is 1 to 8 in an order from the left.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 W/G G W/O Bl W/Bl O W/Br Br

Green

White/ green

Blue

White/ blue

White/ orange

Orange

White/ brown

Brown
Wiring B
68 JD0387A

Tx+ Tx- Rx+ Rx-

Gather all the core wires with maintaining the order.

Cut off the core wires at 16mm from the sheath. Useful tip: First, cut them 1 to 3 mm longer. Then, adjust by inserting the connector.

Orange Blue Green Brown

hite/ range

White/ green

White/ blue

White/ brown



17

Insert the core wires into the STP connector. Check that the leading edges of the wires reach to the connector edge. NOTE: Also check that the foil and the drain wire are touched to the metal part inside the connector.

18

A pin number is 1 to 8 in an order from the left.

19

Calk by a calking tool.

20

Cut off the unnecessary foil and drain wire by scissors.



21

Attach the cable boot. The cable assembling procedure is completed.

5. InstructionJCY-1800/1850 VDR/S-VDR Installation Guide


5. INSTRUCTION

5.1. Recording Control Unit (NDV-1800 / 1850) 5.1.1. Names of Parts of the Recording Control Unit (NDV-1800 / 1850)

1) Keyhole

Figure 5-1: The Recording Control Unit (The front door is closed)

2) Power Supply Unit

3) Data Processor Unit 4) I/F for connecting external signals

5) Battery

Figure 5-2: The Recording Control Unit

(The front door is open)

5. Instruction JCY-1800/1850 VDR/S-VDR Installation Guide


Table 5-1: Names and Functions of the Recording Control Unit

No. Names and Functions 1) Keyhole:

Used for opening and closing the front door. 2) Power Supply Unit:

Incorporated into the Recording Control Unit. It has an external battery and supplies power to the Protective Capsule Unit, the Operation Panel Unit and the Microphone Unit in case of a blackout.

3) Data Processor Unit: The main processing unit of the Recording Control Unit. It has a CARD slot for a backup CF CARD.

4) I/F for connecting external signals: • RGB Connector Panel: RGB connector relay panel for connecting to the RADAR (BNC connector)

• AUDIO Interface Board: Interface board for connecting to the Microphone Units and VHF • Terminals: Terminals for inputting IEC61162-1/2 signals and connecting to the Protective Capsule Unit

and the Operation Panel Unit • Utility Outlet:

The electricity outlet for maintenance facilities (AC100-240V) 5) Battery:

Battery is connected to the Power Supply Unit. Supplies DC24V power for 2 hours to the Recording Control Unit, the Protective Capsule Unit, the Operation Panel Unit and the Microphone Unit.

CAUTION

Although the UTILITY OUTLET looks like the one of AC100V, the input voltage of the Recording Control Unit directly comes out from it.

i.e; In case the 220VAC is supplied, the same voltage comes out from UTILITY OUTLET. Ignoring the caution may result in failures.



5.1.2. Power Supply Unit

5.1.2.1. Names and functions of each part of the Power Supply Unit

1) POWER SWITCH 3) POWER LED 8) BATTERY VOLTAGE TEST TERMINAL

2) FUSE 4) BATTERY ABN. LED 5) BATTERY OP. LED 6) FAN ABN. LED

Figure 5-3. Names of parts of the Power Supply Unit

Table5-2: Names and Functions of the Power Supply Unit No. Names and Functions

1) POWER SWITCH: The main power switch of the Recording Control Unit.

2) FUSE: Glass fuse (5A) for protecting the power supply line from outside.

3) POWER LED: Lights when the AC power is supplied from outside. It turns off when the power is supplied by the Battery at the time of blackout.

4) BATTERY ABN. LED: Lights up when the Battery is not ready.

5) BATTERY OP. LED: Lights up when the Battery is in operation.

6) FAN ABN. LED: Lights up when either of the two fans stops operation.

7) BLACKOUT TEST SWITCH: Used to test the blackout functions. When it is held down, the AC power from outside is shut out. When it is released, the power is restored.

8) BATTERY VOLTAGE TEST TERMINAL: Used to measure the voltage of the Battery by a multimeter. The charging voltage can be monitored when the equipment is operated by AC power. To monitor the battery voltage, be sure that the POWER SWITCH is off. (Battery voltage: more than +24V)

9) FAN (2 sets: Right side of the Power Supply Unit): Used to cool down the AC/DC power source. (Its rpm can be monitored)

5.1.2.2. How to operate the Power Supply Unit

1. Starting the power source: 1) Turn on the POWER SWITCH. 2) Then the POWER LED lights up.

2. Stopping the power source: 1) Before turning off the power source, press the CARD STOP SWITCH to stop the backup of CF CARD.

7) BLACKOUT TEST SWITCH

9) FAN



ATTENTION Before turning off the power source, be sure that the CARD LED on the Main Control Board is off. Turning off the POWER SWITCH while the CARD LED is on may result in the physical damage to the CF CARD. Make sure to stop backup by pressing the CARD STOP SWITCH.

2) Press the CARD STOP SWITCH on the Main Control Board. 3) Make sure that the CARD LED on the Main Control Board is off. 4) Turn off the POWER SWITCH. 5) Then all the LEDs turn off.

3. Blackout Test: 1) Hold down the BLACKOUT TEST SWITCH. (While it is held down, AC power input is cut off.) 2) While the BLACKOUT TEST SWITCH is held down, check the following items. If they all happen, the

Battery is in normal operation.

The POWER LED of the Power Supply Unit turns off. The BATTERY OP. LED of the Power Supply Unit lights up. The ALARM BUZZER of the Operation Panel Unit sounds. The ALARM LED and the ERROR CODE LEDs on the Operation Panel Unit blinks. ( Error Code: 10__ )

The POWER LED on the Operation Panel Unit blinks.

3) Release the BLACKOUT TEST SWITCH, then the following happen. The POWER LED of the Power Supply Unit lights up. The BATTERY OP. LED of the Power Supply Unit turns off. The ALARM BUZZER of the Operation Panel Unit stops sounding. The ALARM LED and the ERROR CODE LEDs on the Operation Panel Unit turn off. The POWER LED on the Operation Panel Unit lights up.

4. If the FAN ABN. LED lights up:

Follow the procedures described in Trouble Shooting.

CAUTION

If the FAN ABN. LED lights up, either of the two fans of the Power Supply Unit is out of order and needs to be replaced with a new one. Ignoring the caution may result in failures. Please contact the Sales Department, the nearest branch company, a branch office, a sales office, or any agent of Japan Radio Co., Ltd. and ask them to replace.



5.1.3. Data Processor Unit

5.1.3.1. Names of each part of the Data processor Unit

Figure 5-4: The Data Processor Unit

Table 5-3: Names and Functions of BOARDS in the Data Processor Unit Board name Functions MAIN CONTROL BOARD (MCB)

The main processing module of the Recording Control Unit. Records all data to the Protective Capsule Unit and the CF CARD. Used to receive the IEC61162-1/2 signals (CH01-CH16) and AUDIO signals.

REMOTE MAINTENANCE BOARD (RMB)

Used to receive the IEC61162-1/2 signals (CH17-CH32), and send them to the Main Control Board.

FRAME GRABBER BOARD (FGB)

Used to capture the image signals from the RADAR, compress them, and send them to the Main Control Board via HUB.

1) REC LED

2) REC START SWITCH

17) RGB1 IN CONNECTOR

19) LAN CONNECTOR(VDR-LAN)

FRAME GRABBER BOARD MAIN CONTROL BOARD （AUDIO RECORDING BOARD on MCB）

8) CF CARD EJECT BUTTON

7) CF CARD

6) CARD STOP SWITCH

5) MEDIA LED

4) CARD LED

3) REC STOP SWITCH

12) RMS OP. LED

10) HUB (VDR-LAN)

REMOTE MAINTENANCE BOARD

13) RMS SYS. LED

14) DATA LED

15) HUB (JRC-LAN)

18) RGB2 IN CONNECTOR

11) LAN CONNECTOR (JRC-LAN)

16) LAN CONNECTOR (EXT-LAN)

9) AUDIO IN CONNECTOR



Table 5-4: Names and Functions of the Data Processor Unit

No. Names and Functions

1) REC LED (MCB): Lights up when the data are being successfully recorded into the Protective Capsule Unit.

2) REC START SWITCH (MCB): Used to restart recording the data into the Protective Capsule Unit.

3) REC STOP SWITCH (MCB): Used to stop recording the data into the Protective Capsule Unit.

4) CARD LED (MCB): Lights up when the data are being successfully recorded into the CF CARD. Turns off when the CF CARD is either loadable or unloadable.

5) MEDIA LED (MCB): Blinks when a CF CARD is not loaded or unable to record data correctly.

6) CARD STOP SWITCH (MCB): Used to stop recording the data into the CF CARD.

7) CF CARD (MCB): Used as an alternative record media onto which the same data as the one stored in the Protective Capsule Unit are recorded.

8) CF CARD EJECT BUTTON (MCB): Used to remove the CF CARD from the system. Confirm that CARD LED is off then press CARD STOP SWITCH to eject the CF CARD.

9) AUDIO IN CONNECTOR (MCB): Used as a connector through which audio signals that are received from the Microphone Unit and the VHF communication device are input. It is connected to the Audio Junction Board of the external interface.

10) HUB (MCB): The HUB Unit with a four port switching function. One of the components of VDR-LAN.

11) LAN CONNECTOR (MCB): Connected to the external HUB Unit.

12) RMS OP. LED (RMB): Lights up when the Remote Maintenance Board is operating.

13) RMS SYS. LED (RMB): Lights up when the Remote Maintenance Board is operating abnormally.

14) DATA LED (RMB): Lights up when the Remote Maintenance Board can not receive any data.

15) HUB (RMB): The HUB Unit with a four switching ports. Used to build a JRC-LAN.

16) LAN CONNECTOR (RMB): It is connected to the external HUB Unit.

17) RGB1 IN CONNECTOR (FGB): Used as a connector through which the image signals from the main RADAR are input. It is connected to the RGB connector panel.

18) RGB2 IN CONNECTOR (FGB): Used as a connector through which the image signals from the sub RADAR are input. It is connected to the RGB connector panel.

19) LAN CONNECTOR (FGB): Connected to the HUB Unit of the MCB.



5.1.3.2. How to operate the Data Processor Unit

1. To stop the recording of data onto the Protective Capsule Unit

ATTENTION Do not halt the recording of data onto the Protective Capsule Unit while the ship is navigating. No data is recorded, even in case of an accident.

1) Press the REC STOP SWITCH on the Main Control Board. 2) The REC LED on the Main Control Board blinks. 3) After about a minute, the blinking REC LED on the Main Control Board and RECORDING LED on the

Operation Panel Unit turn off and the recording of the data into the Protective Capsule Unit stops. 4) When the Recording Control Unit stops recording to the Protective Capsule Unit, the Recording Alarm is

generated. (Error code: 22__)

2. To restart the recording of data into the Protective Capsule Unit

1) Press the REC START SWITCH on the Main Control Board.

2) The REC LED on the Main Control Board lights up.

3) The RECORDING LED on the Operation Panel Unit lights, and the recording of the data into the Protective capsule Unit starts.

4) When the Recording Control Unit starts recording to the Protective Capsule Unit, the Recording alarm becomes normal.

3. To back up the data stored in the CF CARD

ATTENTION Do not remove the CF CARD while the CARD LED on the Main Control Board is on. It may cause damage to the CF CARD. Make sure that CARD LED is off.

1) Make sure that the CARD LED on the Main Control Board is on. 2) Press the CARD STOP SWITCH on the Main Control Board. 3) The CARD LED on the Main Control Board blinks for about 5 seconds. 4) Make sure that the CARD LED on the Main Control Board turns off. And press the CF CARD EJECT

BUTTON. 5) Take out the CF CARD. Insert the CF CARD with a CARD ADAPTER into the PC that has a PCMCIA slot

and copy the data into the PC. 6) After the copy has been finished, insert the CF CARD into the CARD slot on the Main Control Board. (Be

sure that the CF CARD JRC-label side is pointing right.) 7) Make sure that the CARD LED lights up. 8) Then the recording of data into the CF CARD starts automatically. 9) The old data which have been recorded over 13 .5hours previously in the CF CARD is erased.

ATTENTION When the CARD LED is left turned off for 10 minutes or more, the MEDIA LED lights up on the Main Control Board and the Operation Panel Unit gives the alarm with ALARM BUZZER. ALARM lamp and ERROR CODE LEDs will be blinking. ( Error Code: 31__ ) If a CF CARD is inserted into the CARD slot in the Main Control Board, the ALARM BUZZER stops and ALARM LEDs will be off.



5.2. Operation Panel Unit (NCG-169) 5.2.1. Names and functions of each part of the External Operation Board

7) HEADING LED

8) ALARM DETAIL LED 1) POWER LED 9) MODE SWITCH 2) RECORDING LED 10) ERROR CODE LED 3) ALARM LED

11) CURSOR SWITCH 5) ALARM ACK SWITCH

12) ENTER SWITCH 4) DIMMER SWITCH 6) ALARM BUZZER

Figure 5-5: Operation Panel Unit

Table 5-5: Names and Functions of the Operation Panel Unit No. Names and Functions

1) POWER LED: Lights when the Recording Control Unit is in normal operation with the power supplied from outside. It blinks when there is a blackout while in operation. If the blackout continues, it turns off in 2 hours. (automatic shutdown)

2) RECORDING LED: Lights when the output data from the Recording Control Unit is recorded into the Protective Capsule Unit.

3) ALARM LED: Blinks when an error(s) is (are) detected in the S-VDR. Pressing the ALARM ACK SWITCH changes it from blinking to lighting. It is turned off when all the errors detected are restored to normal.

4) DIMMER SWITCH: Controls the brightness. Press the switch then the brightness changes cyclically.

5) ALARM ACK SWITCH: Used to stop the ALARM BUZZER. When more than one error are detected, press the switch many times as the errors are arisen.

6) ALARM BUZZER: Sounds when an error is detected in the S-VDR. To stop press the ALARM ACK SWITCH.

7) HEADING LED: Lights when the Operation Panel Unit is operated in NSK mode. The HEADING LED blinks when an initial value of heading is not registered. The NSK mode is usable when the NSK-I/F Board is activated. If the NSK-I/F Board is not activated, the HEADING LED is turned off all the time.

8) ALARM DETAIL LED: Lights when the Operation Panel Unit is operated in normal mode. The ALARM DETAIL LED is always on as long as S-VDR is operated without any problem.


ＰＯＷＥＲ

ＲＥＣＯＲＤＩＮＧ

ＡＬＡＲＭ

ＡＣＫＤＩＭ

ＨＥＡＤＩＮＧ

ＡＬＡＲＭＤＥＴＡＩＬ

ＳＹＳＴＥＭＣＯＤＥ

ＭＯＤＥ

ＥＮＴ



No. Names and Functions

9) MODE SWITCH: Used to change the operation mode. Press the switch then the operation mode is switched from normal mode to NSK mode or vice versa. In case the heading data is supplied in serial format, NSK mode is not necessary therefore the mode is not changed by the switch.

10) ERROR CODE LED: The four digit LEDs. These stand for ERROR code or HEADING value. • Normal mode; ERROR code when the ALARM DETAIL LED lights up. • NSK mode;

HEADING value when the HEADING LED lights up. 11) CURSOR SWITCH:

Used to display the next error code when two or more errors are arisen or to set the initial value of heading.• Normal mode;

Press the UP/DOWN SWITCH or RIGHT/LEFT SWITCH in order to display other error codes. • NSK mode;

Press the RIGHT/LEFT SWITCH to select the digit where a value is to be altered. Press the UP/DOWN SWITCH to select the heading value that is displayed on the GYRO.

12) ENTER SWITCH: Used to display the software version or to establish the initial value of heading. • Normal mode;

When the ENTER SWITCH is pressed on the Normal mode, the operation mode is changed to the SOFTWARE VERSION display mode. When the ENTER SWITCH is pressed on the SOFTWARE VERSION display mode, the operation mode is returned to the Normal mode. The SOFTWARE VERSION display mode is returned to the Normal mode automatically in five minutes.

• NSK mode; The entered heading angle is registered to the S-VDR as an initial value. The operation mode is returned to the normal mode after entering.

5.2.2. How to operate the Operation Panel Unit (Normal mode)

1. If an error is detected: 1) The ALARM BUZZER sounds if an error is detected in the S-VDR. 2) The ALARM LED blinks. 3) The ERROR CODE LEDs blink. 4) Press the ALARM ACK SWITCH until the ALARM BUZZER stops. 5) Check the contents of the error code referring to table 8. 6) Follow the procedure described in Trouble Shooting.

2. If multiple errors are detected:

1) The ALARM BUZZER sounds if the new error is detected in the S-VDR. 2) The ALARM LED blinks. 3) The latest ERROR CODE LEDs blink. 4) Press the ALARM ACK SWITCH until the ALARM BUZZER stops. 5) When two or more errors are detected at a time, press the switch as many times as the arose errors. 6) Check the contents of an error code referring to table 8.

• Auto scroll When multiple errors are detected, different four digits ERROR CODE LEDs light up at the interval of 3 seconds to indicate all the relevant error statuses.

• Manual scroll Press the UP/DOWN SWITCH or RIGHT/LEFT SWITCH in order to change the error code.

7) Follow the procedure described in Trouble Shooting.



3. If there is a blackout:

1) The ALARM BUZZER sounds in case a power failure is arisen. 2) Both the POWER LED and ALARM LED blink. 3) The ERROR CODE LEDs blink indicating “10__”. 4) Press the ALARM ACK SWITCH to stop the buzzer. However, during blackout, unless the ALARM ACK

SWITCH is turned on within 2 minutes, the ALARM BUZZER stops automatically. 5) At the time of power failure, only the voice from the Microphone Unit is recorded. The other data are not

recorded. 6) If the power failure continues for 2 hours, the Power Supply Unit in the Recording Control Unit automatically

cuts off the power output. 7) If the detected power failure is false, follow the procedure described in 3.3: Trouble Shooting.

8) If blackout is restored less than 2 hours, the Recording Control Unit changes to normal recording automatically.

4. If the brightness of LEDs needs to be adjusted:

1) Press the DIMMER SWITCH to adjust the brightness of the LEDs. 2) Press the DIMMER SWITCH again then the LEDs become darker. The brightness changes cyclically. 3) Even at the darkest brightness, the LED is still on.

5. To check the version of the software

1) Press the ENTER SWITCH on the Operation Panel Unit. 2) The operation mode is changed to the software version display mode. 3) The ERROR code LEDs show the software version number. 4) When the software version is shown, the ALARM DETAIL LED is blinking. 5) The information displayed on LED is changed by UP and DOWN switch as following sequence.

ENTERN SYSTEM Version 0xxx ▼ MCB maintenance number 1xxx ▼ ARB maintenance number 3xxx ▼ FGB maintenance number 2xxx ▼ RMB maintenance number 5xxx ▼ OPB maintenance number 4xxx

6) When the ENTER switch is pressed on the software version display mode, the operation mode is returned to

the normal mode. 7) Even when the ENTER SWITCH is not pressed, the operation mode is returned to the Normal mode in five

minutes.



5.2.3. How to operate the Operation Panel Unit (NSK mode)

The NSK mode is usable when the NSK-I/F Board is activated. If the NSK-I/F Board is not activated, the HEADING LED is turned off all the time. The NSK-I/F Board is activated when a HEADING data is supplied to the S-VDR in Synchro or Step signal form. When the NSK-I/F Board is not activated, the Operation Panel Unit is not operated as the NSK mode. The NSK-I/F Board is a optional unit for the VDR.

1. Set the initial value of HEADING:

1) Turn on the RECORDING CONTROL UNIT. 2) The ALARM BUZZER sounds as the initial value of HEADING has not been registered. 3) ALARM LED and the four digit ERROR CODE LEDs (“01__ “and “6033”) blink. 4) Press the ALARM ACK SWITCH until the ALARM BUZZER stops. 5) Press the MODE SWITCH, and the Operation Panel Unit is operated as NSK mode. 6) The HEADING LED blinks until an initial value of heading is registered. 7) Confirm the HEADING value displayed on ship’s GYRO. 8) Enter the HEADING value to the Operation Panel Unit.

• The blinking digit accepts input. Select the digit with RIGHT/LEFT SWITCH. • Adjust the input value of the digit by UP/DOWN SWITCH. • Repeat above procedure until the HEADING value is inputted successfully.

9) Press the ENTER SWITCH, and the initial value of HEADING is registered into the S-VDR. 10) The HEADING LED lights up. 11) The four digit LED repeats the heading angle shown on ship’s GYRO.

2. Return the Normal mode from the NSK mode: To returns to the normal mode follow the next procedure. • Press the MODE SWITCH. • The Mode automatically returns back to Normal mode in five minutes.

6. SettingJCY-1800/1850 VDR/S-VDR Installation Guide


6. SETTING

6.1. Recording Control Unit (NDV-1800/1850) setup All setup items are set up with maintenance software. This chapter is explaining the basic operation of Maintenance software. Refer to the instruction manual of maintenance software for setup details

6.1.1. Feature The JCY-1800/1850 Maintenance Software has a System screen like a connection diagram. It is possible to setup and check on the System screen.

6.1.2. Installation of Maintenance Software Double-click the ”setup.exe” file. When [Next >] button appears, click it after displaying the following window. Enter “jrcvdr” into the serial number block

6.1.3. Starting Maintenance Software

6.1.3.1. Starting

1) Click the “Maintenance Software” icon. 2) The maintenance Software starts and the Login screen is indicated.

File Control System Update Help

Home

Register InformationLog in

▼

▼

Log out

User

JRC

****** 2006/08/15 14:16:23

Connection

LAN

Intel(R) PRO/1000 MT Network

10.11.12.13 255.255.255.0

VDR Request IP 192.168.110.200 255.255.255.0

Next

192 168 110 200

DataEvent Monitor

Nmae

Company

Password

Ethernet Adapter

IP Address Subnet Mask

Add IP Address for VDR

Setup Equipment

VDR

S-VDR

Remote Maintenance System (RMS)

6. Setting JCY-1800/1850 VDR/S-VDR Installation Guide


6.1.3.2. Entry of Name, Company and Password（“Register Information”）

1) Registrant Information Enter the information of the registrant, which will be recorded onto VDR. • Name of registrant • Name of company

2) Password

If a password is entered, it is indicated with “*”. The password for field engineer is "jrcvdr" in a small letter.

6.1.3.3. Selection of Ethernet adapter

The Maintenance detects Ethernet adapter in a PC automatically. Select the Ethernet adapter for maintenance. If the PC has more than one Ethernet adapter, select a adapter from pull down button menu.

Many of recent laptop PC has not only wire LAN but also a wireless LAN.

Such a PC has two Ethernet adapters. Select the adapter for the wired LAN.

6.1.3.4. Addition IP address for VDR Check the IP address and the Subnet mask which are registered to Ethernet adapter. The IP address for VDR maintenance is added. (192.168.110.200)

The IP address added for VDR maintenance is deleted, if PC is rebooted.

6.1.3.5. Selection of setup equipment Select equipment from VDR, S-VDR or RMS.

6.1.3.6. Login Click the [ Next ] button. If login is completion, the Maintenance software starts.



6.1.4. Home screen

If login is completion, the Home screen is indicated.

Operation button Work button

6.1.4.1. Selection of work item When the button you want to work (Work button) is clicked from the Work section, you can carry out necessary work step by step. Select a work button, and go to the next screen.

In order to exit the Maintenance software, log out with the [ Log out ] button.



Show the contents of operation in the following table.

Work button Operation button Note Installation System Setup screen (possible to setup) Event Playback

Report Logout Repair / Confirmation System Setup screen（Impossible to set only reference） Event Logout Annual Inspection System Setup screen（Impossible to set only reference） Event Playback Report Logout Playback Playback Logout Option PC (Real time monitor) Option Logout

6.1.4.2. Operation button Button Operation

System The connection, setup, operation of VDR are expressed as the configuration screen of the VDR system.

Event VDR operation is expressed as event list. It is useful for researching a cause of error.

Playback Record data of a Capsule and CF card is checked with the Playback software.

Report The “VDR_report” folder is created on the Desktop. Report files are saved into this folder automatically.

Logout The Maintenance software disconnects the RCU communication. The Maintenance software is exited.



6.1.5. System screen Click the [System] button, and the System screen is displayed.

*1 *3 *5 *4 *2 *6 *7

6.1.5.1. Function of the system screen

● Enable / Disable of each connection channel can be set up. •••••• *1 ● Detail setting of each connection channel and VDR operation can be set up. •••••• *2 ● The setup information of each connection equipment can be displayed. •••••• *3 ● Defect in setting entry as warning can be displayed. •••••• *4 ● The receiving state (OK/NG) of each serial channel can be displayed. •••••• *5 ● The state (OK/NG) of VDR operation can be displayed. •••••• *6 : Radar, Microphone, VHF, Capsule ● The System status information of each section can be displayed. •••••• *7 : Radar, Microphone, VHF, Capsule In order to operate the function of a System screen, system configuration data should be received.



6.1.5.2. Procedure of setup and check on System screen

Setup and Check are advanced according to the following procedure.

6.1.5.3. Setup and Revise Actuation of each button on the System screen is explained. 1) Receive The Maintenance software receives the system configuration data of RCU

Click the [Receive ] button, progress of data reception is displayed on the progress bar arranged at the lower left of the screen.

The display of system screen will be updated by the received system configuration data. 2) Set It is used when setting up all system configuration information data. Click the [Set] button, all configuration data is transmitted to the RCU. * Set up the system configuration data of each section from the each detail setup window. It is unnecessary to use the [Set] button on the System screen when the detail window is opened by

revising setup data. Use the [Set] button when all system configuration data should be set up or only the check box is

revised.

Step Item Target Operation

1 Receive a system configuration data

Receive button

The Maintenance software receives a system configuration data from the RCU. Click the [Receive] button. Setup information is displayed on the System screen after receiving.

2 Set each connection Check box Enter the check mark into the check box of each connection channel and each configuration unit with reference to an Installation drawing.

3 Set a detail information Detail button Click the Detail button of the section to set up. Select the connection channel in sensor section before clicking the Detail button.

4 Transmit a system configuration data to the RCU

Set button in each detail window

Click the Set button in the detail window after entering all data.

5 Set up the System Repeat the Step3 and Step4

Enter the detail information data of all section and each channel of the Sensor section.

6 Reboot the RCU Reboot button Click the Reboot button on the System screen. The RCU is operated by renewed system configuration data, after rebooting.

7 Check the diagnostic results

Diagnosis button and lamp

Click the Diagnosis button on the System screen. Maintenance software shows the diagnostic results by color of each lamp. Check the color of diagnostic lamp, green lamp means OK.

8 Improve, if there is a problem.

Return the STEP2

The red and yellow color of lamp means the problem of setup, wiring or connection equipments. Improve the problem shown by the Maintenance software. The orange color of lamp means under diagnosis.

9 Complete the setup All diagnostic lamp of System screen

Make all lamps green and complete a setup.



3) Reboot It is used when rebooting the RCU. Click the [Reboot] button, the RCU is operated by renewed system configuration data, after rebooting. Wait until the communication link of Maintenance software and RCU is restarted. 4)All Default It is used when the system configuration data on the Maintenance software is initialized. Initialized system configuration data is set up as the standard connection of the VDR/S-VDR.

6.1.5.4. Connection setup Enable / Disable of each connection of sensor, Radar, Microphone and VHF, can be set up. 1) Each channel

Put a mark into the check box of connected CH. Enable: [ ] (checked) Disable: [ ] (unchecked)

If the check box is changed, the item color is changed from black to red and the [Set] button blinks red. The red indication means that the item data is not set up to the RCU yet. The indications are returned from red to black after the revised data set up to the RCU.

Caution) Remove the mark from the check box when sensor connection setup is changed (enable to disable) temporary. In not connecting, delete a setup data with reference to the 6.1.6th clause. If a setup data remains even if it removes a mark from a check box, a setup data for recording the same data may not be unable to be set to other CH.

Color of marked item is red Blink red

The [Reboot] button blinks red when the RCU is rebooted for operating the renewed setup data. Click the [Reboot] button. The indications are returned from red to black after rebooting the RCU.



6.1.5.5. Detail setup

Detail setting of each connection channel and VDR operation can be set up. The [ Detail ] buttons are prepared for each section. (Sensor, VDR, Radar, Microphone, VHF, Capsule)

1) Detail screen of sensor section

Click a radio button of setting sensor channel. Click a Detail button, a screen for detail setting is displayed.

2) Detail screen of the other sections Click a Detail button of each section, a screen for detail setting is displayed.

6.1.5.6. Connection Equipment information The equipment information registered by detailed setup screen is displayed.

Sensor screen

Click a button on middle of sensor section top. Displayed information is changed from “Manufacturer/Model” to “Record item”.

6.1.5.7. Diagnosis function The state of VDR system can be displayed by the color of a lamp.

6.1.5.7.1. Diagnosis button

Click the [ Diagnosis ] button. Diagnostic results are displayed on a lamp. Click the [Diagnosis] button colored green, diagnosis function is stopped.

6.1.5.7.2. Diagnosis lamp

A diagnostic result is displayed as follows. • Green : OK • Orange : Under a diagnosis • Red : NG Diagnostic items

Section Factor Sensor Serial data

Recording sentence data: receiving / not receiving VDR System operation of VDR／S-VDR

Diagnostic factor: CF Card, lifetime of battery, lifetime of FAN, Initial error and so on. Radar Radar image

Communication link of FGB and MCB: normal / abnormal Recording radar image: receiving the RGB signal / not receiving Quality of Radar image: judgment of a serviceman

Microphone Microphone audio MIC test result: OK / NG Control of ARB by MCB: normal / abnormal Quality of MIC audio: judgment of a serviceman

VHF VHF audio Quality of VHF audio: judgment of a serviceman

Capsule Capsule Communication link of Capsule and RCU: normal / abnormal BER of Capsule: under limit / over limit



6.1.5.7.3. Entry warning

Defect in setting entry (Model, Serial number, etc.) as warning can be displayed. • Green : OK • Yellow : The entry which should be inputted is a blank. • Red : Since an error is in setting data, it is not operating.

6.1.5.7.4. ACK

The [ACK] button is used to stop the ALARM BUZZER. When more than one error is detected, it should be pressed as many times as the number of the errors.

6.1.5.7.5. Alarm Mute

The [Alarm Mute] button is used to prohibit the ALARM BUZZER of OPU. Click the [Alarm Mute] button. Even if an error occurs during a maintenance communication link, an ALARAM

BUZZER does not sound. The color of [Alarm Mute] button becomes green while mute function is effective. Click the green [Alarm Mute] button. Mute function is stopped. Stop the mute function before exiting the Maintenance software.



6.1.5.8. System Status

The System status data of each section can be displayed The system status shows the detail information of an error factor.

1) Selection Click a section name (e.g. Radar) positioned upper left. 2) System status window System status window of selected section is opened.

Shows the detail information of an error factor. To close the window, click the X button.

Click a section name for details.

RadarRadar

FGB

CH1

CH2

Entry Check

Connection Main Radar or Sub Radar

RadarRadar

FGB

CH1

CH2

Entry Check


RadarRadar

FGB

CH1

CH2

Entry Check


RadarRadar

FGB

CH1

CH2

Entry Check




6.1.6. Detail setting of Sensor

Set the parameters of the serial port. The detailed data of the channel chosen on the system screen are set up.

6.1.6.1. Recording item

Select the connection equipment according to the following procedure. The initial value for receiving the data of the equipment chosen is set up automatically on the detail setting screen

In the case of new setup:

Choose “recording item” with the pull-down menu. Click the [ Next ] button.

Choose the “Other”, when there is no “recording item” which should be set up.

Choose connected “equipment” with the pull-down menu.

Choose the “Other”, when there is no equipment name which should be set up.



When setting data are changed:

1) In case of changing the detail setup data registered Choose the “NO” (Default) of radio button, click the [Next] button. 2) In case of changing the chosen “Recording item” and chosen “Equipment” Choose the “Yes” of radio button, click the [Next] button.

When registered data are deleted:

Enter the mark into the check box of lower "delete information", and click the [Next] button. A registered setup data is deleted. In the case of the following cases, it is necessary to delete the setting data of CH which are not connected.

Example) A setup for recording Heading data on CH4 by NMEA is registered.

Since heading data are outputted with the step signal, it connects to CH33 (NSK). The CH33 should be registered a setup data for receiving a step signal.

1) Setup error If a setup data remains even if it removes a mark from a check box of the CH4, a following error dialog is

displayed 2) Setup procedure Delete the setup data of the CH4 with upper procedure. Enter the mark into the check box of CH33. Enter setup data for receiving Heading data into detail window of CH33.



Selection table

Recording item Equipment ID Recording data Sentence ID

Date and Time ??ZDA ??RMC

Ship's Position ??GGA

GPS（Main) 41

Local Geodetic Datum(DTM) ??DTM Date and Time ??ZDA ??RMC

Ship's Position ??GGA

GPS(Main+Sub) 71

Local Geodetic Datum(DTM) ??DTM Other ??ZDA ??RMC Other ??GGA

Date & Time/Ship'ｓ

Position

GPS(Sub) 72

Other ??DTM Ship's Speed Speed Log 43 Ground/Water Speed ??VBW

Gyro Compass Ship's Heading ??HDT Ship's Heading

Magnetic Compass

44

Ship's Heading ??HDG

Echo Sounder(Bow) 47 Depth ??DPT

Other ??DPT

Depth

Echo Sounder(Stern) 59

Wind Speed and Direction Anemometer 48 Wind Speed and Direction ??MWV

Rudder Order, Manual ??HTD Autopilot 45

Rudder Response, Manual ??RSA Rudder Angle Indicator 46 Rudder Response, Manual ??RSA

Rudder Order/Response

ECDIS 51 Rudder Order, Automatic ??HTC M/E RPM Set Order(CPP order) ??PRC M/E Remote Control

System 50

M/E RPM Actual Response(CPP order) ??RPM

Engine Order/Response

Engine Telegraph 49 Telegraph Order Position ??ETL

Thruster 52 Thruster Response ??TRD Bow1 Thruster 53 Thruster Response ??TRD

Bow2 Thruster 54 Thruster Response ??TRD Stern1 Thruster 55 Thruster Response ??TRD

Thruster Order/Response

Stern2 Thruster 56 Thruster Response ??TRD Acceleration and Hull Stress

Hull Stress Monitor 57 Hull Stress ??HSS

Fire Door Status * Fire Door Status ??DOR

Watertight Door Panel * Watertight Door Status ??DOR Ｈｕｌｌ Door Controlｅｒ * Hull Door Status ??DOR

Door Status

Ｒａｍｐ Way Indicator * Alarm Monitoring system *

Water Ingress Alarm System

*

Bilge Alarm Panel * Fire Detection System *

Main Alarms

Steering Gear * DSC_1 60 Dry Contact Data -1 ????? DSC_2 61 Dry Contact Data -2 ????? DSC_3 62 Dry Contact Data -3 ????? DSC_4 63 Dry Contact Data -4 ?????

Dry Contact Data -1 ????? DSC+A/D_1 64

A/D Convert Data -1 VRXDR Dry Contact Data -2 ????? DSC+A/D_2 65 A/D Convert Data -2 VRXDR Dry Contact Data -3 ?????

Option Unit

DSC+A/D_3 66 A/D Convert Data -3 VRXDR



Dry Contact Data -4 ????? DSC+A/D_4 67 A/D Convert Data -4 VRXDR

NSK (NCT-27) Heading ??VHW

70 Ground/Water Speed ??VBW

NAV-IF (NCT-52A) 68 NAV-I/F Data(Option Unit) ANADAT NAV-IF (NCT-**) 69 NAV-I/F Data(Option Unit) ANADAT

AIS VDO Data ??VDO

AIS VDM Data ??VDM Status Information ??TXT

AIS Data AIS 42

Main Alarm(ALR) ??ALR Radar Selection Radar（Main) 58 Radar Selection ??PJRC Other * Other

6.1.6.2. Detail screen of sensor (Standard)

6.1.6.2.1. Real time monitor

Monitor the NMEA sentence data which is collected in the RCU on real time, and check the sentence specified by the installation drawings is collected correctly.

● Record sentence setup ● Wires between each equipments

1) Procedures

START: Click the [Start ] button. STOP : Click the [Stop ] button.

ＤａｔａIdentification

Start Stop

Clear

REC Data

RCV Data

Set

Close

$xxDPT・・・$xxDPT・・・

Real Time Monitor

Channel

Entry

CH7

Equipment

Echo Sounder(Bow)

Unit ID

47

ＤａｔａIdentification

Identification

Equipment

Model

Manufacture

Serial No.



2) Selecting the monitor data type.

Click the radio button of data type (“RCV Data” / ”REC Data”) to monitor.

● “RCV Data” : Monitors all data which the RCU receives. The sentence data which is not recorded on the VDR is also displayed.

● “REC data” : Monitors the sentence data which is recorded in the VDR.

The sentence which is not recorded is not displayed even if it has received. The monitor data is displayed by the sentence format currently recorded in the VDR.

6.1.6.2.2. Identification TAB screen

Set a information data of connected equipment 1) Equipment

Enter the name of the connecting equipment. (GPS, Echo sounder, etc.) 2) Model

Enter the model name of the connecting equipment. 3) Manufacturer

Enter the name of the manufacturer of the connecting equipment. 4) Serial No.

Enter the serial number of the connecting equipment. 6.1.6.2.3. Data TAB screen

Check the entry data, when initial values are entered as record item chosen in pre-procedure. Change input data, when required. Enter a setup data when “Other” is chosen as record item in pre-procedure.

Identification Ｄａｔａ

Checksum

4800

8

1

None

0D0A

82

$

15

Header

Delimiter

Max Length

Max Interval sec

Baud Rate

Data Bits

Stop Bits

Parity

Depth ??DPT

Port Setting Recording Data

NMEAType



6.1.6.2.4. Type

Select the type of receiving sentences.

No. Type Connector Selectable CH Remark

1 NMEA General sensors CH01-CH32 NMEA 2 AIS AIS unit CH01-CH16 NMEA 3 DRY-CNT Digital signal converter unit (option) CH13-CH16 NCT-72/NCT-63 4 DCNT+A/D Equipment with built-in DSC

(Addition of the optional A/D converter board) CH13-CH16 NCT-72/NCT-63

(A/D built-in) 5 A/D Equipment with built-in DSC

(Addition of the optional A/D converter board) CH13-CH16 NCT-72/NCT-63

(A/D built-in) 6 NSK NSK unit (option) CH01－CH32 NCT-27B 7 NAV－I/F NAV-I/F unit (option) CH13-CH16 NCT-52A

6.1.6.2.5. Communication parameters and Sentence format

Set the communication parameter and Set the sentence format. Once the type is selected, this parameter is automatically set by default. There is no need to change this value.

TYPE NMEA AIS DRY-CNT DCNT+A/D A/D NAV-IF NSK Baud Rate 4800 38400 4800 4800 4800 19200 4800 Data Bits 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 Stop Bits 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Parity None None None None None None None Checksum enable enable enable enable enable enable enable Header $ ！ $ $ $ $ $ Delimiter 0D0A 0D0A 0D0A 0D0A 0D0A 0D0A 0D0A Max Length 82 82 82 82 82 82 82 Max Interval 15 15 315 15 15 15 15

1) Header Enter the header character.

“$” is entered in case of connecting to the general sensor units. In case of connecting to the AIS, enter “!” as the header character. When “!” is entered, the DAU receives the NMEA sentences with “$” and “!” as header. 2) Delimiter

Enter the delimiter in the form of codes. The delimiter is expressed as codes not as characters. “<CR><LF>“ can be codified as “OD OA”.

3) Maximum sentence length

Set the maximum length of the data sentence. Any data sentence of which length exceeds this maximum sentence length is rejected and an error is reported. The maximum length of the NMEA sentence is 82Byte.

4) Maximum time interval of receiving

Set the maximum time interval of receiving. If the time taken to receive a data sentence exceeds this maximum time interval, the sentence is rejected and an error is reported. For example, suppose ZDA, DTM, and GGA are set to be received. If the time taken to receive all ZDA, DTM and GGA exceeds the maximum time interval, all the information is rejected and an error is reported.



6.1.6.2.6. Recording data

Whether a sentence is recorded in the VDR is determined by the sentence ID. Any sentence of which ID is different from the specified sentence ID is discarded and is not recorded in the VDR.

1) Recording item

Choose record item with the pull-down menu. Choose “Other”, when there is no corresponding entry.

2) Sentence ID Choose sentence ID with the pull-down menu. Enter a sentence ID, when there is no corresponding entry.

Type in 7 characters maximum, starting from the next to the header characters.

In case of NMEA sentence: The talker ID (2 characters) can be entered along with the sentence ID (3 characters). An uncertain character also can be entered using “?”. Enter as many characters as you like (up to 7 characters). At least, include the sentence ID (3 characters). Examples: setting sentence ID for filtering ZDA sentences of GPS. ( all OK )

▫ GPZDA ▫ GPZDA?? ▫ ??ZDA ▫ ??ZDA??.

In case of option unit sentence: A/D : VRXDR DSC (NCT-72/63) : ? ( Since all sentences are recorded, "?" is set up as a wildcard. )ます。

3) Watch The NMEA sentence to record and the NMEA sentence to watch can be set up individually. Set the Watch function of each NMEA sentences to enable or disable. The VDR will generate the error alarm when the NMEA sentences set as “Enable” are not received within interval time. The VDR will not generate the error alarm when the NMEA sentences set as “Disable” are not received within interval time.

Enable: [ ] (checked) Disable: [ ] (unchecked)

When the NMEA sentence ID is registered, checks will be entered by a default.

In case of set to disable

Setting as “Disable” is effective when a sensor unit do not transmit some NMEA sentences periodically. Set as “Enable” to only the NMEA sentence received periodically.



6.1.6.3. Detail screen of GPS

Detail screen of GPS is a special screen for connecting two GPS. Sub GPS setting is required when connecting two GPS to one port via a switcher.

6.1.6.3.1. Identification TAB screen

Set a information data of GPS 1) Equipment

Enter the name of the connecting equipment. (GPS, Echo sounder, etc.) 2) Model



Enter the serial number of the connecting equipment. 5) Antenna position

Enter the four values for antenna position.



6.1.6.3.2. GPS selection TAB screen

Set up the “GPS selection” when the “GPS (main+sub)” is selected as a connection equipment.

1) Switch position Select the logic of dry contact signal which is outputted by a switcher. The VDR records the GPS equipment (main or sub) currently recorded as EVENT.



6.1.7. Detail setting of Radar

Click the [Detail] button of the Radar section on the System screen.

6.1.7.1. Real time monitor Monitor the Radar Image which is recorded in the VDR at real time to check the operation is working correctly.

1) Procedures

START: Click the [Start ] button. STOP : Click the [Stop ] button.

2) Selecting the monitor CH The image received by CH1 is displayed on TAB “Image 1” screen. The image received by CH2 is displayed on TAB “Image 2” screen.



3) Diagnosis Image quality is judged by a manual. Click the [ Image Quality check ] button.

Judge an image quality. Click the radio button of judgment result. Enter a comment at NG.

* When a location gap of recording image exists or the focus of recording image is incorrect, adjust the value of the configuration file of the FGB by referring to 6.2nd clause.

Identification Image 2Image 1Radra Selection

Image Quality Check



6.1.7.2. Identification TAB screen

6.1.7.2.1. Radar information

Set an information data of connected Radar. 1) Model



Enter the serial number of the connecting equipment.

6.1.7.2.2. Setup file of FGB

The setting field of FGB can be downloaded and uploaded. The setup file of FGB is saved in the “FGB_setup_file” folder under an install folder of maintenance software.

A target model or image specification is made into the file name. Choose a correct setup file with reference to the following. ● Radar model Cap2-JMA9900-1800.txt

Cap2 "2" shows the object for FGB:CKA -137. Reference) When there is no numeric character (Cap-), the object for CKA-129 is shown.

JMA9900 Radar model 1800 The object for JCY-1800/1850 is shown.

Reference) 1700 shows the object for JCY-1700/S.

● VESA Cap2-1024x768-60Hz-1800.txt

Cap2 "2" shows the object for FGB:CKA -137. Reference) When there is no numeric character (Cap-), the object for CKA-129 is shown.

1024x768 Image Resolution 60Hz Refresh rate 1800 The object for JCY-1800/1850 is shown.

Reference) 1700 shows the object for JCY-1700/S.

6.1.7.2.3. In case of using Radar Interface Unit

The Radar Interface Unit should be installed, when the display resolution of connected Radar unit is a UXGA size. When the Radar Interface Unit is installed, mark the check box in Radar IF block. In addition, Radar Interface Unit has a fan for heat dissipation. If the mark is not input, the FGB FAN error can be not detected.



6.1.7.3. Radar Selection TAB screen

6.1.7.3.1. Switching signal

When two radars are connected and VDR record one of two radar images by switching. Choose the switching signal. 1) NMEA

Choose the “NMEA”, when recording channel is switched by the PJRC sentence outputted from the JRC radar.

2) Dry contact Choose the “Dry contact”, when recording channel is switched by dry contact signal outputted from a switcher.

3) No select signal Choose the “no signal”, when the switching signal is not connected. Radar image in CH input image signal is recorded. When radar images are input to both of CH, CH1 image is recorded.

6.1.7.3.2. NMEA

Choose the channel which receives the PJRC sentence. 1) Input CH

Choose the input channel with the pull-down menu.

6.1.7.3.3. Dry contact

Select the logic of the dry contact which is outputted by a switcher.

OPENCLOSE

OPEN CLOSE

PI2PI1

OPEN CLOSE

OPENCLOSE

Sub Radar

Sub Radar

Main Radar

Main Radar

Switch Position

PI2

Status

NMEA

Dry ContactSwitching Signal

Input CH

Dry Contact

OPEN

PI2

CLOSE

PI1

Identification Image 1 Image 2Radar Selection

CLOSEOPEN

Main Radar

Switch Position

Sub Radar

CLOSEOPEN

OPENCLOSE

Main Radar

Sub Radar



AUTO mode is chosen when both of dry contact signals are the same logic. When CH1 or CH2 is chosen, VDR records the radar image of selected CH.

Logic table of dry contact

PI_1 PI_2 MODE OPEN OPEN Auto OPEN CLOSE CH1 record CLOSE OPEN CH2 record CLOSE CLOSE -

* The switcher is not an optional unit of VDR/S-VDR.

PI_1

PI_2



6.1.8. Detail setting of Microphone

Click the [Detail] button of the Microphone section on the System screen.

6.1.8.1. Real time monitor Monitor the Audio of Microphones which is recorded in the VDR at real time to check the operation is working correctly.

1) Procedures

START: Click the [Start] button. STOP : Click the [Stop] button.

2) Selecting the monitor CH Choose a monitor channel. Click a radio button

3) Diagnosis Audio quality is judged by a manual. Click the [ Audio Quality check ] button.

Judge an audio quality. Click the radio button of judgment result Enter a comment at NG.




6.1.8.2.1. Microphone information

Set an information data of connected Microphone. 1) Type

Choose an indoor type or a waterproof type. 2) Place

Enter the position installed a microphone. 3) Serial No.

Enter the serial number of the connecting equipment. 4) Model

Enter the model name of the connecting equipment.



6.1.9. Detail setting of VHF

Click the [Detail] button of the VHF section on the System screen.

6.1.9.1. Real time monitor

Monitor the Audio of VHF which is recorded in the VDR at real time to check the operation is working correctly.

1) Procedures START: Click the [Start ] button. STOP : Click the [Stop ] button. 3) Diagnosis Audio quality is judged by a manual. Click the [ Audio Quality check ] button.

Judge an audio quality. Click the radio button of judgment result Enter a comment at NG.

Identification

Set

Close

Real Time Monitor

Volume

■

Entry

Equipment

VHF

Diagnosis

Audio Quality Check

Audio Quality

ARB

Identification

VHF1

Model

Manufacturer

Serial No.

VHF2

Model

Manufacturer

Serial No.

VHF3

Model

Manufacturer

Serial No.

Connect

Connect

Connect




6.1.9.2.1. VHF information

Set an information data of connected VHF. 1) Model






6.1.10. Detail setting of VDR

Click the [Detail] button of the VDR section on the System screen.


6.1.10.1.1. Ship’s Identification

Enter the ship’s identification information. 1) Ship’s name

Enter the ship’s name. 2) IMO ID number.

Enter the IMO ID number.

6.1.10.1.2. Q’ty

This information is used with playback software. Enter the value.

6.1.10.1.3. VDR Identification

Enter the VDR information. 1) Approval No.

Enter the type approval number of the ship’s class. 2) JRC shipping order

Enter the shipping order number and the serial number of the RCU. 3) Serial No.

Enter the serial number of the installed units which constitutes VDR.



6.1.10.2. Registration Information TAB screen

6.1.10.2.1. Register information

Registrant information entered on the Log-in screen is displayed.

1) Initial The name of the person in charge, company name, and the date & time of registration (UTC) are automatically registered if you login using the password used for inspections at the factory when updating the RCU configurations.

2) Amendment The name of the person in charge, company name, and the date & time of registration (UTC) are automatically registered if you login using the password used for maintenance on site when updating the RCU configurations.



6.1.10.3. Maintenance TAB screen

6.1.10.3.1. Battery

The life time of a battery is displayed. Enter new life time, when you exchange a battery. The expiry date of a battery is indicated by the battery. Warning is displayed when exchange is required.

6.1.10.3.2. FAN

The life time of two FAN of UPS is displayed. Enter new life time, when you exchange two FAN of UPS. The expiry date of a fan is four years from new exchange. Warning is displayed when exchange is required.

6.1.10.3.3. VDR system status

The error information of VDR can be outputted outside. PJRC sentence is outputted.



6.1.10.4. Software Version TAB screen

6.1.10.4.1. Software Version

The software version of system and maintenance number of each circuit are displayed.



6.1.10.5. PCB Serial No. TAB screen

6.1.10.5.1. PCB Serial No.

The serial numbers of each PCB are displayed. Serial numbers are registered at inspecting in Mitaka plant. Enter the serial number at changing a PCB.



6.1.10.6. Option Unit TAB screen

6.1.10.6.1. NSK

When Heading or ship’s speed is recorded via NSK in VDR, mark the check box of “NSK (CH33, 34)”. If the NSK check box is marked, NSK section is displayed in the System screen.

In addition, refer to “Detail setting of NSK（Heading）” and “Detail setting of NSK（Ship’s Speed）” about more detail.

Connection channel for NSK



6.1.11. Detail setting of NSK (Heading)

Choose the CH33 in radio button in sensor section on the System screen, and click the [Detail] button of the sensor section.


6.1.11.1.1. Heading Information

Set an information data of equipment which output a synchro or step signal. 1) Equipment Enter the equipment name of the connecting equipment. 2) Model


3) Manufacturer Enter the manufacturer of the connecting equipment.

4) Serial No. Enter the serial number of the connecting equipment.



6.1.11.2. Heading TAB screen

6.1.11.2.1. Signal Type

Select Synchro or Step as signal type.

6.1.11.2.2. Ratio

Select ratio in 1, 36, 90, 180 or 360 deg.

6.1.11.2.3. Gray Code

Select Order Direction or Reverse Direction as rotation direction.

6.1.11.2.4. Heading Data

Although an initial heading value can be entered from OPU, it can enter also from this screen. Enter initial value, and click the Send button.



6.1.12. Detail setting of NSK (Ship’s Speed)

Choose the CH34 in radio button in sensor section on the System screen, and click the [Detail] button of the sensor section.


6.1.12.1.1. Ship’s Speed information

Set an information data of equipment which output a pulse signal. 1) Equipment Enter the equipment name of the connecting equipment. 2) Model


3) Manufacturer Enter the manufacturer of the connecting equipment.

4) Serial No. Enter the serial number of the connecting equipment.

Identification

Start Stop

Clear

REC Data

RCV Data

Set

Close

$xxVBW・・・・$xxVBW・・・・

Real Time Monitor

Entry

Equipment

NSK Board (Ship Speed)

Unit ID

34

Ship Speed

Channel

CH34

Identification Ship Speed

Ship Speed

Model

Serial No.Manufacturer

Equipment



6.1.12.2. Ship’s Speed TAB screen

6.1.12.2.1. Ratio

Select ratio in 100, 160, 200, or 400 kt/pulse.



6.1.13. Detail setting of Capsule

Click the [Detail] button of the Capsule section on the System screen.


6.1.13.1.1. Capsule information

Set an information data of Capsule. 1) Model

Enter the model name of the connecting equipment. 2) Serial No.


6.1.13.1.2. Beacon of capsule information

Set an information data of Beacon. 1) Serial No.

Enter the serial number of the connecting equipment. 2) Battery

The life time of a battery is displayed. Enter new life time, when you exchange a battery. Warning is displayed when exchange is required. (less than one year)



6.1.14. Event

Monitor the operation event of VDR at real time to check that VDR system is working correctly.



6.1.15. Playback

6.1.15.1. Playback software

The Launcher of Playback software starts. The recorded data of VDR/S-VDR are saved on the Capsule and the CF card. It is necessary to play back and check these both. 1) Capsule The recorded data is downloaded from the Capsule to a maintenance PC via LAN. 2) CF card The recorded data is copied from the CF card to a maintenance PC with card adaptor.

Check the recorded data of both a capsule and CF card at the end of installation.

Operating procedures is different with a capsule and CF card. Play back the recorded data with reference to the procedure after the following page, and check the data.

Refer to the instruction manual of Playback software for details This chapter explains the outline and procedure of preparation for playback.



6.1.15.2. How to play back downloaded data from the Capsule with Ethernet

Shows the flow from setup to playback below.

Stop recording to capsule.

Download data from VDR/S-VDR by Download software. Set information required for playback with Setup software.

Start the Playback software.

6.1.15.2.1. Download data from the Capsule by Download software

(1) Click the [DOWNLOAD] button, start the Download software.

(2) Download software screen indicates.



(3) Select a save place with Folder selection button, and then select a playlist.

When download is started, playlists (from playlist1 to playlist10) are created automatically under the save place. It is possible to save maximum 9 download data under the playlist folder except playlist1.

(4) Set download value with the slide bar.

(5) Input check in the check box of necessary download data and click the [Start] button.

The Setup Folder screen opens, and please input a certain save folder if necessary. As default, date folder is indicated. Click the [OK] button, and download starts.

(6) If the following screen is indicated, download is completed. Click the [OK] button, and close the Download software.

Folder Composition Save Place

Save folder Playlist1 Playlist2 VDR Init Log Audio Visual Event Wav

Playlist3

Playlist10



6.1.15.2.2. Set information required for playback with Setup software.

(1) Click the [SETUP] button, and start the Setup software.

(2) The Login screen is indicated, and click the [OK] button after confirming that user is selected in the Operator block.

(3) To import VDR/S-VDR configuration data, select the following file in the download data and click the [Import] button.

＊: ¥Playlist2¥VDR¥Init¥SysInfo.dat

(4) Click the [Folder Selection] button, and select a folder created in accordance with the “3.1.3 Download data from VDR/S-VDR by Download software”.

(5) Click the [Set] button, and setup is completed. To close the Setup software, click the [Close] button.

Download folder



6.1.15.2.3. Start the Playback Software

(1) Click the [PLAYBACK] button from Launcher menu, and start the Playback software.



6.1.15.3. How to play back CF card data in VDR/S-VDR

In order to play back record data of CF card, it is necessary to create a playback folder in the computer of use advance, and to copy the data.

Shows the flow from setup to playback below.

Create a playback folder by My Computer before Setup.

Set required information for playback with Setup software.

Start the Playback software, and copy a record data of CF card.

6.1.15.3.1. Create a playback folder

(1) To create a playback folder, start My Computer. (2) Create a folder as follows.

Playback data is copied to the folder made here. C:¥MV JRC

↑ E.g. Ship name

6.1.15.3.2. Set required information for playback with the Setup software

(1) To start the Setup software, click the [SETUP] button.

(2) The Login screen is indicated, and click the [OK] button after confirming that user is selected in the Operator block.



(3) Eject a CF card from the VDR/S-VDR, and insert it into the CF card slot of used PC.

Then, to import VDR configuration data, select the following file in the CF card and click the [Import] button. CF card drive changes with used PC.

＊: ¥Init¥SysInfo.dat

(4) Click the [Folder Selection] button, and select a folder created in accordance with the “3.1 Create a playback folder”.

(5) Click the [Set] button, and setup is completed. To close the Setup software, click the [Close] button.

CF card drive



6.1.15.3.3. Copy a record data of CF card

(1) Click the [PLAYBACK] button, and start the Playback software.

(2) Playback screen is indicated.

(3) Click the [Playlist] button on the Playback Operation Panel.

Playlist button

(4) Confirm the CF card drive is set in the Copy source. If the drive is not set, please click the [Folder Select] button and select the drive.



(5) Select a playlist in the Copy place, and click the [Copy] button.

(6) Select radio button of the playlist copied CF card data, and click the [OK] button.

(7) The setup is completion above, and it is possible to play back with the [Playback] button.

6.1.15.4. How to exit the Playback software (1) Click the [Setup] button of bottom right in the playback screen and the Setup screen is indicated.

(2) Click the [Exit] button of bottom left in the Setup screen.

Setup button

Exit button



6.1.16. Report

The report folder is created automatically. The report folder includes a setup file and so on as installation report. Click the [Report] button on the left side. The “VDR_report” folder is created on the Desktop of PC automatically. Compress this folder, and upload the compressed files to the “Ship list” on the Marine service WEB.

6.1.17. Logout


Home

Log in

▼

System

▼

Exit

Event DataMonitor

Login

▼

Playback

Event

▼

▼

Report

▼

Log out

Confirm the following items before logout when the installation is finished

1. All Entry lamps shall light green in the System screen. 2. All Diagnosis lamps shall light green in the System screen. 3. Any error event shall not occur on real time Event monitor. 4. The downloaded data from the capsule should be played back rightly. 5. The copied data from the CF card should be played back rightly.

6.1.17.1. Exit button Click the [Exit] button to exit the maintenance software. The software is shut down after carrying out logout procedure with VDR.

6.1.17.2. Log in button If the [log in] button is clicked, the login screen is indicated again, and it can login.



6.1.18. Option

The operating environment of a Real time monitor system is set up.

6.1.18.1. Register Information section Login user information entered at login is indicated.

6.1.18.2. Option PC section

Enter real time monitor IP address, and the VDR distributes real time data to the IP address. And also the IP address is registered in Option PC.

6.1.18.3. Real Time Monitor section Mark the check in the check box of necessary data.

1) Enable Click the [Enable] button, and all check boxes of effective channel are marked automatically.

File Control System

Home

Option

▼

▼

Log out

Log in

▼

Event Monitor Data Update Help

Register Information

Option PC

192 168 0 200IP Address

Real Time Monitor

Audio Radar1/Radar2

CH1 CH2 CH3 CH4 CH5 CH6 CH7 CH8

CH9 CH10 CH11 CH12 CH13 CH14 CH15 CH16

CH17 CH18 CH19 CH20 CH21 CH22 CH23

CH25 CH26 CH27 CH28 CH29 CH30 CH31

CH24

CH32

CH33 CH34 CH35 CH36 CH37

Sensor

Set

Enable

User

JRC

2006/12/15 12:16:23

Nmae

Company

Amendment



6.1.19. System screen of VDR

CH17 to CH32 of sensor connection are displayed on the System screen.

Other setup functions are the same as S-VDR


Home

System

▼

▼

Playback

▼

Report

Event

▼

Receive Diagnosis All Default

Log in

▼

Sensor

Equipment

CH32

Manufacture Model

Japan Radio Co JLR-7700 MK２CH1

Channel Diagnosis

CH33

CH30

CH29

CH28

CH2

CH3

CH4

Capsule

Beacon（Ｎｅｘｔ　Ｒｅｐlacement）

Capsule Type

Serial No.

2009.12.10

CH5

CH6

Japan Radio Co JLN-550

VDR

Microphone

Microphone

VHF Transceiver

VHF2

MIC9

MIC8

MIC1

MIC2

MIC3

MIC4

MIC5

MIC6

MIC7

VHF1

Type Place

Manufacturer Model Diagnosis

Diagnosis

Inddor

Inddor

Inddor

Waterproof

Waterproof

Port Wing

Starboard Wing

Diagnosis

Diagnosis

Detail

VHF

Detail

Detail

Detail

Detail

Event Data

Japan Radio Co NCT-57A+A/D

NDH-316

CH16

Monitor

Set

NCT-57+A/D

Echo Sounder

AIS

Speed Log

Gyro Compass

GPS1

Anemometer

Reboot

Entry

Entry

Entry

Entry

Entry

Write

Read

Status

BER

VHF3

RMSDiagnosis

Ship Name

IMO No.

Type Approval No.

Shipping Order

RCU

OPU

Battery (Next Replacement)

Fan (Next Replacement)

System Ver.

Manufacturer / Model

Radar

FGB

Sub

Main

Manufacture Model Diagnosis

Japan Radio Co JMA-9800

DetailEntry

RMB

NSK

Initial Value (Heading)

CH34

▼

Log out



6.1.20. Menu

6.1.20.1. Function list of Menu

The functions of menu are designed like the JCY-1700. It can be operated like the JCY-1700 Maintenance Software.

6.1.20.2. File Open / Save It can be saved configuration data of MCB as a system file. And also the system file is opened, and the configuration data can be set to MCB.

6.1.20.3. Error Code List It can be referred to error content and trouble shooting by error code displayed on OPU. When item is selected in the Error Code tab, content and trouble shooting are indicated.

Menu Pull down menu Function Open Open a file File Save Save a file

Control Remote control the VDR VDR Setup Setup the system configuration of the VDR RMS Setup Setup the system configuration of the RMS System Status Check operational status and detailed information of the error FGB Setup the FGB FGB Utility Setup capture data automatically

System

HVR Setup the Capsule

Event Log Check the past event recorded of the VDR. Event

Real Time Event Real time event monitor NMEA Real time NMEA sentence monitor Audio Real time Audio monitor Radar Real time Radar image monitor

Monitor

Dry Contact Real time Dry contact data monitor Convert Convert the NMEA data recorded in the CF card into text data. Data Config Retrieve the configuration data on the CF card and create a configuration files for each

unit. VDR Update the software of the MCB, ARB and RMB. Update

FGB Update the software of the ARB. Help Software Version Confirmation of Software Version



6.1.21. Update Update the program of (MCB, ARB and RMB.

6.1.21.1. Selecting the Software Click the radio button of the software to upgrade.

6.1.21.2. Program file Select the program file to update. Click [Browse] button to select the upgrade file.

6.1.21.3. Starting the upload 1) Click [Update] button to start the program upload. Upload situation is displayed by progress bar or the message.

2) Check that upload is complete. ● Check that progress bar is complete till the end. ● Check that ”[END]Update Success” is displayed in the progress message.

The RCU is restarted automatically and start operation with update program after the upload is complete. It is not necessary to reset up the system composition information by update.



6.2. Frame Grabber Board (CKA-137) setup “FGB_Utility” software is useful for setup and tuning the Frame Grabber Board CKA-129/CKA-137. The setup menu contain that the capture setup file and other file set the board. The tuning menu contain that sync polarity tuning, horizontal/vertical position tuning, and sampling phase tuning.

6.2.1. Check the Radar image specifications For proper capture setting, check the Radar image specifications(VESA format only). Check the item as bellow.

Resolution: (ex. 1280x1024) Vertical synchronous signal frequency (Refresh rate): (ex. 60 Hz) Horizontal synchronous signal frequency: (ex. 75 kHz) Vertical synchronous signal polarity: (ex. Positive or Negative) Horizontal synchronous signal polarity: (ex. Positive or Negative)

6.2.2. Setup & Capture

6.2.2.1. Start the "FGB Utility" program Click the “FGB Utility” of System menu of the VDR Maintenance Software.

6.2.2.2. Select the channel for tuning

a) Click the icon.

If tuning the channel 2, click the icon. And if “Ch2.txt NG” message appears, set the channel 2

capture setting using [Ch 2 capture setting] menu, refer to next section. The following message appears. This message appears at first connected to the board.

b) Click the [OK] button.



c) "Changed to channel 1" message appears on left below status bar.

6.2.2.3. Check the board measured Radar image format Check the board measured Radar image format as bellow. a) Click [ Information (I)] -> [ADC status] menu. The following message appears.

b) Click the [No] button. "ADCtxt_Analysis Function" window appears.

Measured value Sync Activity ch 1 Sync Activity ch 2 V sync polarity H sync polarity V sync frequency H sync frequency: Total line number Setup value V sync polarity H sync polarity Resolution(estimated value)



c) Check the board measured Radar image format same as that the Rader specifications.

Resolution(estimated value): Vertical synchronous signal frequency (Refresh rate): Horizontal synchronous signal frequency: Vertical synchronous signal polarity: Horizontal synchronous signal polarity:

If the “Sync Activity” column is inactive, synchronous signal can not be detected on board. So, check the cable connecting, signal output or input channel.

6.2.2.4. Set the capture setup a) Click the [Setup(S)] -> [Ch 1 capture setting] menu.

(If set the channel 2 capture setup, click the [Ch 2 capture setting] menu.) File select window appears.

b) Click the "CKA137-JCY1800" folder. (If CKA-137 board installed in JCY-1700, click the "CKA137-JCY1700" folder.)

c) Click the capture setting file. File name is formatted as bellow. JRC Radar setting: Cap2-"Radar model name"-1800.txt

| | | CKA-137 board installed in JCY-1800/1850

ex. JMA9900 VESA format setting: Cap2-"Resolution"-"V sync frequency"-1800.txt Resolution: 800x600, 1024x768, 1152x864, 1280x960, 1280x1024, 1600x1200 pixels V sync frequency: 60, 70, 72, 75, 85 Hz (1600x1200 resolution is 60 Hz only.)



d) Click the [Open] button on file select window. The following message appears. If "Capture1.txt write NG" message appears, retry to step a) to d).

e) Click the [OK] button on message box.

6.2.2.5. Capture the Radar image Capture the Radar image as bellow.

a) Click the icon on the top of menu.

"Finished the capture image." massage is displayed on left below status bar.

b) Click the icon.

Captured PNG image is displayed.



6.2.3. Tuning

Tune in the following order. 1) Sync polarity tuning 2) Horizontal position tuning 3) Vertical position tuning 4) Sampling Phase tuning

6.2.3.1. Sync polarity tuning

a) Click [Information(I)] -> [ADC status] menu. "ADC.txt response" window appears. b) Click the [No] button. "ADCtxt_Analysis Function" window appears. c) Check the H sync polarity. If measured H sync polarity same as that the setup, step to next section. If not same as that setup, step to d). d) Click the [Tuning(T)] -> [H Sync polarity reverse] The following message appears.

Measured value Setup value



e) Click the [OK] button. Automatically reverse the H sync polarity, and capture the image. And the following message appears.

f) Click the [OK] button. g) Reread the [ADC status] menu, and check that measured H sync polarity same as that the setup. V sync polarity, it does the same procedure using [V Sync polarity reverse] menu.

6.2.3.2. Horizontal position tuning

If the captured image shifted horizontal, tune the Horizontal position. If the captured image large shifted, tune by the mouse. If the small shifted, tune by the manual. 6.2.3.2.1. By the mouse

a) Click the [Tuning(T)] -> [Horizontal POSI. Mouse] menu. The following message appears.

b) Click the [OK] button on message box. Automatically capture the image, and the following message appears.

c) Click the [OK] button on message box. Message box disappear.



d) Click the horizontal edge of the image. Don’t care the Y coordinates.

The following message appears.

e) If execute horizontal position tuning at this point, click the [Yes] button. If retry to point the image, click the [No]

button and click the horizontal edge of the image. Shifted the horizontal setup, and captured the image. The result message appears.

f) Click the [OK] button on message box.

Click the horizontal edge of the image.



6.2.3.2.2. By the manual

a) Click the [Tuning(T)] -> [Horizontal POSI. manual ] menu. The following message appears.

b) Click the [OK] button on message box. Automatically captured the image, and the following message appears.

c) If the image will be moved left, click the [Yes] button. If the image will be moved right, click the [No] button. If will be end the tuning, click the [Cancel] button.

Shifted the horizontal setup, and captured the image. And the message appears. d) Repeat the step c) to the right position.

6.2.3.3. Vertical position tuning If the captured image shifted vertical, tune the Vertical position. If the captured image large shifted, tune by the mouse. If the small shifted, tune by the manual. The vertical position tuning procedure is same as that the Horizontal position tuning. Use the [Vertical POSI. Mouse] or [Vertical POSI. Manual] menu, and refer to Horizontal position tuning procedure.



6.2.3.4. Sampling Phase tuning

If the captured image out of focus, tune the sampling phase. Normally, do the Phase AUTO turning. Phase AUTO tuning execute on still image, so stop the Radar transmit.

a) Click the [Tuning(T)] -> [Phase AUTO] menu. The following message appears.

b) Click the [OK] button on message box.

Phase AUTO tuning start, and 35 images captured for tuning. During the tuning, tuning process display on the left bellow status bar. End the tuning, the result message appears.

c) click the [No(N)] button on message box.



6.3. Digital Signal Converter (NCT-72/63) setup

All setup items are set up with maintenance software. Refer to the instruction manual of maintenance software for setup details

1) Status display of dry contact signal

A junction board of DSC has green LEDs which shows status of each dry contact signals. Check the change of state of dry contact signals by the display of LEDs. • OPEN: Green LED put out lights • CLOSE: Green LED lights up



6.4. Analog Signal Converting Board (CEF-60) setup The parameter setup of the following input signal is set up by the strap on PCB. Other setup items are set up with maintenance software. Refer to the instruction manual of maintenance software for details 1) Setting parameter of each channel

Items Parameter Remark Input channel use YES (enable) / NO (disable) Set “YES” by connecting analog signal or

“NO” by connecting no signal. Input signal Voltage Current Chooses the kind of signal.

±1V ±5V 4-20mA Range

±10V

Choose the range of input signal. A range setup is changed according to the kind of signal.

2) Setting strap on the PCB (CEF-60) CH0 CH1 CH2 CH3 CH4 CH5 CH6 CH7



6.5. Main Control Board (CDJ-2304) ／(RMB: CDK-287) DIP-SW setting Change a setup of DIP-SW if needed after understanding the purpose of a facility enough. Initial states are all the switches OFF.

(The * is marked to the switch which can use in the CDK-287..)

CONF Function Setting Remark 0 * EEPROM Initialize a configuration data in EEPROM.

OFF: not initialize ON: Initialize by both of switches 0 and 4 are ON

Be sure to return to OFF after initialization.

1 Radar image error Alarm as no image signal OFF: Activate an alarm at receiving no image signal ON: Inhibit an alarm

Turn ON to inhibit an alarm by turning off Radar.

2 Both radar image error Alarm as no image signal from both channel OFF: Activate an alarm at receiving no image signal

from both channels. ON: Activate an alarm at receiving no image signal

from any channel.

Turn ON the switch 1 to alarm.

3 SPARE 4 * EEPROM Initialize a configuration data in EEPROM.

OFF: not initialize ON: Initialize by both of switches 0 and 4 are ON

Be sure to return to OFF after initialization.

5 CF Card release Waiting time to release the card OFF: 5 seconds ON: 60 seconds

Choose 60 seconds mode to record the last 1minutes data.

6 CF Card format Formatting CF card OFF: Card is formatted, when abnormalities are

detected on card format at startup. ON: Card is formatted at startup.

7 * Safe mode Maintenance mode for MCB OFF: Normal mode ON: Safe mode

Don't change

CONF DIP-SW



6.6. Frame Grabber Board (CKA-129) Strap and DIP-SW setting

Factory setting of Strap and DIP-SW are shown below. Do not change the following setting.

7. Error DisplayJCY-1800/1850 VDR/S-VDR Installation Guide


7. ERROR DISPLAY

7.1. Recording Control Unit (NDV-1800/1850)

7.1.1. Power Supply Unit Refer to the 5th clause.

Error display of the Power Supply Unit No. Names and Functions

4) BATTERY ABN. LED: Lights up when the Battery is not ready.

5) BATTERY OP. LED: Lights up when the Battery is in operation.

6) FAN ABN. LED: Lights up when either of the two fans stops operation.

7.1.2. Data Processor Unit Refer to the 5th clause.

Error display of the Data Processor Unit No. Names and Functions

5) MEDIA LED (MCB): Blinks when a CF CARD is not loaded or unable to record data correctly.

13) RMS SYS. LED (RMB): Lights up when the Remote Maintenance Board is operating abnormally.

14) DATA LED (RMB): Lights up when the Remote Maintenance Board can not receive any data.

7.2. Operation Panel Unit (NCG-169) ERROR CODE LED:

The four digit LEDs on OPU panel show ERROR codes as follows: Table 7-1: ERROR code table of the Operation Panel Unit (1/3)

ALARM DETAIL SYSYTEM CODE

CATEGORY CONTENTS

0 0 Initial error There is a discrepancy in the configuration data between the Protective Capsule Unit and the Recording Control Unit.

0 1

System

Initial value of HEADING un-registered alarm The initial value of HEADING is not entered yet. Input of the value is requested.

1 0 Blackout alarm It is in operation using the backup Battery.

1 1 PSU FAN alarm Either of two fans inside the Power Supply Unit is out of order.

1 2

PSU

PSU connection alarm The cable to connect the Power Supply Unit and the Mother Board is disconnected.

2 0 Capsule LAN error The Recording Control Unit can not communicate with the Protective Capsule Unit via LAN.

2 1 BER error The BER is higher than 10-8 at reading the written data in the Protective Capsule Unit.

2 2

Capsule

Recording stop alarm S-VDR stops recording data as the REC STOP SWITCH on the Recording Control Unit has been pressed.

7. Error Display JCY-1800/1850 VDR/S-VDR Installation Guide


Table 7-1: ERROR code table of the Operation Panel Unit (2/3)


CATEGORY CONTENTS

3 0 MCB Initialize error An abnormality is detected in the Main Control Board.

3 1 CF CARD alarm Ten minutes or more has been passed since the CF CARD was taken out.

3 2

MCB

CF CARD media error The CF CARD is not able to record data correctly.

3 3 Time adjustment error Time data is not received from GPS, therefore the internal clock of S-VDR cannot be calibrated.

3 4 RTC error An internal lithium battery for a Real Time Clock IC has run out of the life time.

3 5 EEPROM check sum error An abnormal data is detected in configuration data of the MCB registered on the EEPROM.

3 6 EEPROM access error The access to the EEPROM IC has not been successful.

3 7 Flash ROM check sum error An abnormal data is detected in configuration data of the Flash ROM on MCB.

3 8

Wrong data registered to MCB error The value registered to the configuration data of the EEPROM on MCB is not correct.

4 0 ARB Initialize error An abnormality is detected in the Audio Recording Board on the MCB.

4 1 ARB control error The MCB could not fetch the audio data from the ARB successfully.

4 2

ARB

ARB error The ARB could not compress/decompress the audio signal successfully.

5 1 : 9

MIC MIC test error An abnormality is detected in the Microphone Unit at any of the microphone checkups carried out at startup and every 12 hours. “2nd number (1-9) means an abnormal Microphone Unit identification number. “2nd number (1-9) means an abnormal Microphone Unit identification number. “51__”: MIC1 --- “59__”: MIC9

6 0 * * Serial data (IEC61162-1/2 ) reception error The input received from the sensor is not normal. "**" stands for which equipment is out of order. Refer to table 9.

6 1 * *

Serial data (NMEA)

Serial data (IEC61162-1/2 ) setup error The setup to receive NMEA serial data is in the wrong. "**" stands for the equipment which equipment has sent the unreadable data. Refer to table 9.

7. Error DisplayJCY-1800/1850 VDR/S-VDR Installation Guide


Table 7-1: ERROR code table of the Operation Panel Unit (3/3)


CATEGORY CONTENTS

7 0 FGB CH1 Radar image data error The FGB does not receive RGB signals from Radar connected to CH1.

7 1 CH2 Radar image data error The FGB does not receive RGB signals from Radar connected to CH2.

7 2 FGB Communication error The MCB does not communicate with the FGB normally via LAN.

7 3 FGB Setup data reception error The MCB does not receive the setup data of FGB successfully.

7 4 FGB Control error The MCB could not communicate with FGB successfully.

7 5 FAN alarm of NWP-46 FAN built in NWP-46(Radar Interface Unit) is out of order.

7 6

FGB Real time monitor data transmission error The IP address for transmitting image data is not registered in the FGB yet.

8 0 RMB communication error The MCB do not communicate to the RMB normally via LAN.

RMB

RMB Control error The MCB is unsuccessful in control of the RMB.

7. Error Display JCY-1800/1850 VDR/S-VDR Installation Guide


Table 7-2: The conversion table of a code and equipment A connection channel is displayed when the equipment which is not defined by the following table is connected. The codes from 01 to 32 are the numbers of a connection channel. (S-VDR: 01 to 16)


Equipment

6 0 / 1 4 1 GPS 4 2 AIS 4 3 Speed Log 4 4 Gyro Compass 4 5 Auto Pilot 4 6 Rudder Angle Indicator 4 7 Echo Sounder (Bow) 4 8 Anemometer 4 9 Engine Telegraph 5 0 M/E Remote Control System 5 1 ECDIS 5 2 Thruster 5 3 Bow1 Thruster 5 4 Bow2 Thruster 5 5 Stern1 Thruster 5 6 Stern2 Thruster 5 7 Hull Stress Monitor 5 8 Radar 5 9 Echo Sounder (Stern) 6 0 Digital Signal Converter 1 (VDR option unit) 6 1 Digital Signal Converter 2 (VDR option unit) 6 2 Digital Signal Converter 3 (VDR option unit) 6 3 Digital Signal Converter 4 (VDR option unit) 6 4 Digital Signal Converter with optional A/D Converter 1 (VDR option unit) 6 5 Digital Signal Converter with optional A/D Converter 2 (VDR option unit) 6 6 Digital Signal Converter with optional A/D Converter 3 (VDR option unit) 6 7 Digital Signal Converter with optional A/D Converter 4 (VDR option unit) 6 8 NAV-I/F unit (VDR option unit) 6 9 Spare 7 0 NSK unit (NCT-27) 7 1 Main GPS and Sub GPS with Switcher 7 2 Sub GPS (connection with a CH different from the Main GPS) 7 3 Magnetic Compass 3 3 NSK board (VDR option unit) for Heading 3 4 NSK board (VDR option unit) for Ship speed

8. TroubleshootingJCY-1800/1850 VDR/S-VDR Installation Guide


8. TROUBLESHOOTING

If the equipment does not function correctly, look into the list below for its symptom. Follow the instruction for the symptom, for which the cause and the action to be taken are also provided. If the symptom still persists or the symptom is not listed below, contact the Sales Department, the nearest branch company, a branch office, a sales office, or any agent of Japan Radio Co., Ltd.

8.1. The Recording Control Unit (NDV-1800/1850)

8.1.1. Symptom Table for The Power Supply Unit (NBL-327)

Symptom Causes Actions

No power is supplied from the switchboard. Check the switchboard.

POWER SWITCH is not on. Turn on the POWER SWITCH.

The AC-line fuse is blown. Check the AC-line fuse in the Power Supply Unit. If it is blown, replace it with a spare fuse.

POWER LED fails to light.

Fault in the Power Supply Unit Contact us.

No power is supplied from the switchboard. Check the switchboard. The BATTERY OP. LED lights up.

The fuse for the AC power source is blown. Check the fuse for the AC power source and, if it is blown, replace it with a spare fuse.

The battery cable is disconnected. Check if the battery cable is connected.

The fuse for the battery is blown. Check the fuse in the middle of the battery cable. If it is blown, replace it with a spare fuse.

BATTERY ABNORMAL LED lights up.

The battery is deteriorated. Check the expiry date of the battery. If the battery has expired, exchange a battery.

FAN ABNORMAL LED lights up.

The fan is not working. Check the cable that connects the fans and the DC/DC power supply. If there is no problem, replace the fans.

8. Troubleshooting JCY-1800/1850 VDR/S-VDR Installation Guide


8.1.2. Symptom Table for The Data Processor Unit (NDL-46)


The Recording Control Unit is off. The power is not supplied to the Protective Capsule Unit.

Check the switchboard. Turn on the Power Supply Unit.

The recording of data onto the Protective Capsule Unit has been stopped manually.

Press the REC START SWITCH on the Main Control Board and restart the recording of data.

Faulty wiring between the Recording Control Unit and the Protective Capsule Unit

Check the Connection Box. Check the LAN communication by a PING command. MCB: PING 192.168.110.3 Capsule: PING 192.168.110.2 In case a no response MCB (CDJ-2304) : Fault in a circuit board or setting data Capsule : Fault in a circuit board or setting data

REC LED fails to light.

Fault in the Recording Control Unit Fault in the Protective Capsule Unit

Reboot the Recording Control Unit and see if it works normally. If it does not work, contact us. Exchange a broken Unit (MCB or Capsule).

The CARD STOP SWITCH is left on. Press the CF CARD EJECT BUTTON and remove it from the Main Control Board. Then put it back again.

No CF CARD is loaded. Insert a CF CARD into the CARD slot of the Main Control Board.

CARD LED fails to light up.

Fault in the Recording Control Unit Reboot the Recording Control Unit and see if it works normally. If it does not work, contact us.

MEDIA LED blinks. Fault in the CF CARD Press the CF CARD EJECT BUTTON and remove it from the Main Control Board. Then put it back again. In not activating, format the CF card into FAT32 with PC.





8.2. The Operation Panel Unit (NCG-169) All failures of the Recording Control Unit are indicated by the Operation Panel Unit as an error code.


The software of the Recording Control Unit lost control.

Reboot the Recording Control Unit. All LEDs blink and the ALARM BUZZER sounds.

Faulty wiring between the Recording Control Unit and the Operation Panel Unit.

Check the wiring between the Recording Control Unit and the Operation Panel Unit. In case a correct wiring MCB (CDJ-2304) : Fault in a circuit board or setting data OPB (CCK-935) : Fault in a circuit board or setting data

The Recording Control Unit is off. The power is not supplied to the Protective Capsule Unit.

Check the switchboard. Turn on the Power Supply Unit.

Stop manually the recording of data onto the Protective Capsule Unit.

Press the REC START SWITCH on the Main Control Board in the Recording Control Unit and restart the recording of data.


Check the Connection Box.

RECORDING LED fails to light.


Reboot the Recording Control Unit and see if it works normally. If it does not work, contact us.

ERROR CODE: “01__” lights up.

Initial value of HEADING is not registered yet. Enter the initial value of HEADING

The CARD STOP SWITCH is left on. Press the CF CARD EJECT BUTTON and remove it from the Main Control Board. Then put it back again.




Fault in the CF CARD Press the CF CARD EJECT BUTTON and remove it from the Main Control Board. Then put it back again. In not activating, format the CF card into FAT32 with PC.



Mismatching in the information between the Recording Control Unit and the Protective Capsule Unit.

Press and hold the REC START SWITCH for ten seconds.

Faulty wiring between the Recording Control Unit and the Protective Capsule Unit.

Check the Connection Box.



Reboot the Recording Control Unit and see if it works normally. If it does not work, contact us.





Check the Connection Box. Check the LAN communication by a PING command. MCB: PING 192.168.110.3 Capsule: PING 192.168.110.2 In case a no response MCB (CDJ-2304) : Fault in a circuit board or setting data Capsule : Fault in a circuit board or setting data



Reboot the Recording Control Unit, and see if the symptom persists. If so, contact us. Exchange a broken Unit (MCB or Capsule).


Fault in recording the data in the Protective Capsule Unit

The BER ERROR could occur temporarily. The error is cancelled in less than 2 days automatically. If the error is not canceled after 2 days, contact us. Fault in the Capsule Exchange the capsule.

Fault in sensors Check the sensor equipment shown by error code.

Faulty wiring between the Recording Control Unit and the sensors

Check the wiring between the Recording Control Unit and the sensors. Check the receiving data and setting data by the Maintenance software.

ERROR CODE: “60**” lights up.

Fault in the Recording Control Unit

Reboot the Recording Control Unit. See if the symptom persists. If so, contact us.

ERROR CODE: “61**” lights up.

Fault on setting up the Main Control Board Reboot the Recording Control Unit, and see if the symptom persists. If so, contact us. Check the setting data by the Maintenance software.

Fault in the Audio Recording Board Fault in the Microphone Unit

Check the wiring between the Microphone Unit and the Recording Control Unit.

ERROR CODE: “5*__” lights up.

Alarm was raised due to a large noise. Reboot the Recording Control Unit in noise-free environment. In case a correct wiring Fault in a Microphone Unit Exchange a Microphone Unit.

Power failure Check the power supply in the Recording Control Unit.

No power is supplied from the switchboard. Check the switchboard.


The fuse for the AC power source is blown. Check the fuse for the AC power source and, if it is blown, replace it with a spare fuse.


The fan of Power Supply Unit is not working. Exchange two fans in the Power Supply Unit.

ERROR CODE: “30__” / “35__” / “36__” / “37__” / “38__” light up.

Fault in the Main Control Board Reboot the Recording Control Unit, and see if the symptom persists. If so, contact us. Fault in the MCB (CDJ-2304) Exchange the MCB.





GPS is faulty or setting error on the Main Control Board

Check the GPS. If the GPS is error-free, contact us. Check the receiving data and setting data by the Maintenance software. Check that ZDA or RMC sentence is received and recorded from CH which is connected to a main GPS.


An internal battery for a Real Time Clock IC has run out of the life time.

Exchanging the lithium battery on the MCB (CDJ-2304).

ERROR CODE: “40__”/“41__”/ “42__” lights up.

Fault in the Audio Recording Board Reboot the Recording Control Unit, and see if the symptom persists. If so, contact us. Fault in the ARB (CHA-387) Exchange the ARB.

ERROR CODE: “70__” / “71__” lights up.

Fault in RGB signals from a RADAR 70__: CH1 71__: CH2

Check the display of a RADR. If an image is displayed on a screen, check the wiring between the RADAR and the Recording Control Unit. In the case of a Chart Radar, check whether the image signal is outputted.

Faulty wiring between the Frame Grabber Board and the Main Control Board

Check the wiring between the Frame Grabber Board and the Main Control Board. Check the LAN communication by a PING command. MCB: PING 192.168.110.3 FGB: PING 192.168.110.151 In case a no response MCB (CDJ-2304) : Fault in a circuit board or setting data FGB (CKA-137) : Fault in a circuit board or setting data


Fault in the Frame Grabber Board Fault in the Main Control Board

Reboot the Recording Control Unit, and see if the symptom persists. If so, contact us. FGB (CKA-137) : Fault in a circuit board or setting data Exchange the FGB.

ERROR CODE: “73__” / “76__” lights up.

Fault on setting up the Frame Grabber Board Reboot the Recording Control Unit, and see if the symptom persists. If so, contact us. Upload a configuration file which is set up for a connecting Radar unit to the FGB by the Maintenance software.


Fault in the Frame Grabber Board

Reboot the Recording Control Unit, and see if the symptom persists. If so, contact us.


The fan of NWP-46 is not working. Exchange a fan in the NWP-46.


Faulty wiring between the Power Supply Unit and the Main Control Board

Reboot the Recording Control Unit, and see if the symptom persists. If so, contact us. Check the W103 cable connection.




Faulty wiring between the Remote Maintenance Board and the Main Control Board

Check the wiring between the Remote Maintenance Board and the Main Control Board. Check the LAN communication by a PING command. MCB: PING 192.168.110.3 FGB: PING 192.168.60.3 In case a no response MCB (CDJ-2304) : Fault in a circuit board or setting data RMB (CDK-287) : Fault in a circuit board or setting data


Fault in the Remote Maintenance Board Fault in the Main Control Board

Reboot the Recording Control Unit, and see if the symptom persists. If so, contact us. RMB (CDK-287) : Fault in a circuit board or setting data Exchange the RMB.


Fault in the Remote Maintenance Board Reboot the Recording Control Unit, and see if the symptom persists. If so, contact us. RMB (CDK-287) : Fault in a circuit board or setting data Exchange the RMB.



8.3. LED Display of LAN Connector An LED is incorporated into every LAN connector to display the status. The units equipped with the LAN connector are: 1) HUB Unit on the Main Control Board 2) HUB Unit on the Remote Maintenance Board 3) Frame Grabber Board

The lighting specifications of the LEDs of the Main Control Board and the Optional Borad:

LED Name Lighting Specifications LINK/ACT LED (Yellow)

Lights when the LINK is established Blinks at the time of receiving or sending data. Lights or blinks continuously in normal operation Check the wiring and the power source when it is off.

SPEED LED (Green)

Lights when the LINK is established on 100BASE-TX. Off when the LINK is established on 10BASE-T. Lights or off in normal operation

The lighting specifications of the LEDs of the Frame Grabber Board:

LED Name Lighting Specifications LINK LED (Green/Orange)

Lights green when the LINK is established on 100BASE-TX. Lights orange when the LINK is established on 10BASE-T. Lights green continuously in normal operation. Check the wiring and the power source when it is off.

ACTIVE LED (Yellow)

Lights at the time of receiving or sending data. Blinks in normal operation

8.3.1. Recording Control Unit NDV-1800/1850

1) LED Display of the LAN connector of the Main Control Board and the Remote Maintenance Board

LINK/ACT LED (YELLOW)

SPEED LED (GREEN)

FIG. 9-1: LAN CONNECTOR OF THE MAIN CONTROL BOARD AND THE REMOTE MAINTENANCE BOARD



2) LED Display of the LAN connector of the Frame Grabber Board

LINK / SPEED LED (GREEN/ORANGE)

ACTIVE LED (YELLOW)

FIG. 9-2: LAN CONNECTOR OF THE FRAME GRABBER BOARD

9. MaintenanceJCY-1800/1850 VDR/S-VDR Installation Guide


9. MAINTENANCE

9.1. Parts list for Maintenance Unit Model Parts Parts code VDR S-VDR

Recording Control Unit NDV-1800 Mother Board (VDR) CQD-2040 ● - /1850 Mother Board (S-VDR) CQD-2057 - ● Main Control Board CDJ-2304 ● ● Audio Recording Board CHA-387 ● ● Frame Grabber Board CKA-137 ● op Remote Maintenance Board CDK-287 ● - Audio Junction Board CQD-2041 ● ● NSK Interface Board CHM-378 op ● AC/DC Power Supply Board CBM-１68 ● ● Thermo Sensor Board CHG-213 ● ● Battery 7ZBJD0006B ● ● CF Card 7HRJD0002 ● ● CF Card (4GB) 7HRJD0003 op op Card adaptor 5JWYF00002 ● ● FAN of UPS 7ZBJD0010 Spare parts Operation Panel Unit NCG-169 Operation Panel Board CCK-935 ● ●

Option Unit

Digital Signal Converter NCT-72 Dry Contact Control Board CDJ-2333

Dry Contact Input Board CQD-2081

Line Filter Board CBJ-147

PSU AES30-12

A/D Convert Board CEF-60

Digital Signal Converter NCT-63 Dry Contact Control Board CDJ-2333

Dry Contact Input Board CQD-2012

DSC Chassis CWB-1332


PSU AES15-12

A/D Convert Board CEF-60

Radar I/F unit NWP-46 PSU AES15-5

FAN 7BFNA4001


*op: Option

9. Maintenance JCY-1800/1850 VDR/S-VDR Installation Guide


9.2. How to replace the fans If a fan alarm buzzer of the Power Supply unit (NBL-327) sounds, replace the fans with spare ones. 1) Turn off the Power Supply Unit of the Recording Control Unit. 2) Turn off the circuit breaker of the electricity distribution board, to which the Recording Control Unit is

connected. 3) Remove the power input junction connector, J201and J202, which is mounted below the left of the Power

Supply Unit. 4) Remove the power output connector, J401,J402 and J403, which is mounted on the upper side of the

Mother Board. 5) Open the clamp fastening the power output cable. 6) Undo the 2 fastening screws of the Power Supply Unit 7) Pull the Power Supply Unit out of the Recording Control Unit slowly. 8) Remove the 2 fan connectors, J309 and J310, in the front of right side of the Power Supply Unit. 9) Pull each of the fan cables out of the cable holes.

10) For each fan, undo the 8 fastening crews. 11) In the reverse way, mount new fans on the Power Supply Unit, and put the Power Supply Unit into the

Recording Control Unit. 12) Be careful that direction of both fans are outward.

FIG. 9-3: Fans in the Power Supply Unit



9.3. How to replace the battery

Never use to short-circuit between the + and – pins, non-specified applications, disassemble, modify, destroy, into fire, heat, and after the expiry date.

Above conditions cause leakage, heat generation, fire, explosion, destruction, or heat injury.

This equipment incorporates a battery.

The battery contains dilute sulfuric acid. When the liquid leakage of the battery had a direct contact with your clothes or skin, wash it off with clean water. When the liquid is entered in your eye, wash the eye with clean water immediately and seek a doctor’s advice.

This equipment incorporates a battery.

Used batteries will be recycled. Please contact the Sales Department, the nearest branch company, a branch office, a sales office, or any agent of Japan Radio Co., Ltd. and ask them to replace it without discarding the battery.

When to replace the battery is written in the label on the front panel of the battery. Replace the battery before its life expires. The procedures to replace it are: 1) Turn off the Power Supply unit of the Recording Control Unit. 2) Turn off the circuit breaker of the electricity distribution board to which the Recording Control Unit is

connected. 3) Remove the battery connector, J404, which is mounted lower side of the Mother Board. 4) Remove the connector for measuring the temperature of the battery, J405, which is mounted lower side

of the Mother Board. 5) Undo the 2 fastening screws of the Battery 6) Pull out the battery unit slowly. (The battery unit weighs about 5kg. Hold the bottom, instead of holding

its sides, to draw it out completely. It does not have a stopper, so pull it out slowly and carefully.) 7) Undo the 4 screws for fastening the battery anchor. 8) Remove the battery anchor. 9) Remove the battery. (Watch out! The battery weighs about 5kg.) 10) Mount a new battery. 11) In the reverse way, fasten the battery in the Power Supply Unit. 12) Put the Power Supply Unit in the Recording Control Unit. 13) Place the two connector to the Mother board.



FIG. 9-4: Battery in the Power Supply Unit



9.4. Checking a Connection cable in the RCU These lists show each signals of assembling cable. Refer to these lists for checking a wiring-break.

9.4.1. Cable list

Connection No. Part No. Code PIN numbers

Connection Signal Unit Part No. Unit Part No.

1 W201 7ZCJD0273 3 AC input J301 J201 2 W202 7ZCJD0274 2 AC Output J302 J202

4 AC Power switch J303 3 S201 7SAJD0001 4 Battery switch J304

S201

4 S202 7SCJD0002 2 Blackout test switch J305 S202 5 Z201 7ZBJD0010 3 FAN J309 FAN 6 Z202 7ZBJD0010 3 FAN J310

PSU Chassis

FAN 7 W105 7ZCJD0279 2 Battery connection J306 J403 8 W104 7ZCJD0278 10 PSU control and Thermo

sensor J307 J402

9 W103 7ZCJD0277 10 DC output J308

MB (CQD-2040/2057)

J401 10 W101 7ZCJD0275 3 AC input (junction) J201 TB101 11 W102 7ZCJD0276 2 AC output (junction)

PSB(CBM-168)

J202 RCU Chassis

TB102 12 Z101 7ZBJD0006 2 Battery Battery - J404 13 W111 7ZCJD0282 4 Thermo Sensor TSB(CHG-213) - J405 14 W112 7ZCJD0283 6 NSK interface NIB(CHN-378) J1001

MB (CQD-2040/2057

J409 15 W109 7ZCJD0284 8 LAN J503 FGB(CKA-137) J802 16 W110 7ZCJD0284 8 LAN

MCB(CDJ-2304) J502 RMB(CDK-287) J702

17 W106 7ZCJD0280 50 MIC, VHF ARB(CHA-387) J602 AIB(CQD-2041) J901 18 W107 7ZCJD0281 15 CH1 RGB signals J803 J101-

J105 19 W108 7ZCJD0281 15 CH2 RGBsignals

FGB(CKA-137)

J804

BNC connector

J106 - J110

9.4.2. Signals of Each cables

Connection list No. Part No.

Code Part No Pin No. Signal Part No.

Remark

1 W201 7ZCJD0273 J301 1 2 3

U V E

J201 AC input junction

2 W202 7ZCJD0274 J302 1 2

U V

J202 AC output junction

3 S201 7SAJD0001 J303 1, 4 2, 3

SW1 (ON: CLOSE) SW2 (ON: CLOSE)

S201 Power switch (Dual contact)

J304 1, 2 3, 4

SW1 (ON: CLOSE) SW2 (ON: CLOSE)

S202 Battery switch (Dual contact)

4 S202 7SCJD0002 J305 1, 2 SW (ON: OPEN) S202 5 Z201 7ZBJD0010 J309 6 Z202 7ZBJD0010 J310

1 2 3

+12V GND Alarm

FAN Normal: H / Alarm: L

7 W105 7ZCJD0279 J306 1 2

DC+24V GND

J403 Battery DC



Connection list Remark No. Part

No. Code

Part No

Pin No. Signal Part No.

8 W104 7ZCJD0278 J307 1 2 3 4 5 6, 7 8 9, 10

Stop the backup DC Blackout detection Stop the un-backup DC FAN alarm DC for thermo sensor (VS) Thermo sensor output (VOUT) Thermo sensor GND Check a connection with PSU

J402 Stop: H / Normal: L Blackout: L / Normal: H Stop: H / Normal: L ALARM: L / Normal: H +12V GND Connection: L / Dis-cnct: H

9 W103 7ZCJD0277 J308 7 10 9 3 1 2, 4, 5, 6, 8

Backup DC +5V Un-backup DC +5V Backup DC +12V Un-backup DC: +12V Backup DC +24V GND

J401 DC output

10 W101 7ZCJD0275 J201 1 2 3

L N E

TB101 AC input junction

11 W102 7ZCJD0276 J202 1 2

L N

TB102 AC output junction

12 Z101 7ZBJD0006 - 1 2

DC+24V GND

J404 Battery DC

13 W111 7ZCJD0282 - 1 2, 3 4

DC for thermo sensor (VS) Thermo sensor output (VOUT) Thermo sensor GND

J405 Thermo Sensor

14 W112 7ZCJD0283 J1001 5, 6 7, 8 1, 2, 3 4

Un-backup DC +5V GND Synchro / Step: GRY_1, 2, 3 Pulse : SPEED+

J409 NSK interface

15 W109 7ZCJD0284 J503 J802

16 W110 7ZCJD0284 J502

1, 2 3, 6 4, 5, 6, 8

Tx+, Tx- RX, Rx-

J702

17 W106 7ZCJD0280 J602 5, 6, 30, 31 7, 8, 32, 33 9, 10, 34, 35 11, 12, 38, 3913, 14, 40, 4115, 16, 42, 4319, 20, 44, 4521, 22, 46, 4723, 24, 48, 4926, 27 1, 2 28, 29 3, 4, 17, 18, 25 36, 37, 50

MIC1: MIC1+, MIC1- SPK+, SPK-









VHF1: VHF1+, VHF1-

VHF2: VHF1+, VHF1-

VHF3: VHF1+, VHF1-

AGND

J901

18 W107 7ZCJD0281 J803 J101 – J105

19 W108 7ZCJD0281 J804

1 / 6 2 / 7 3 / 8 14 / 10 13 / 11 4,5 9, 12, 15

RED / SHIELD GREEN / SHIELD BLUE / SHIELD Vs / SHIELD Hs / SHIELD SHIELD N.C.

J106 – J110

RGB signals BNC connector x5



9.5. Connection table of each Terminals

Unit Part No. PIN No. Signal Connection data Connection equipment

MB (CQD-2040 / 2057） TB406 1 RX1+ 2 Rx1-

CH1: Serial data receive Sensor

3 Rx2+ 4 Rx2-


5 Rx3+ 6 Rx3-


7 Rx4+

8 Rx4- CH4: Serial data receive Sensor

9 Rx5+ 10 Rx5-


11 Rx6+ 12 Rx6-


13 Rx7+


15 Rx8+ 16 Rx8-


17 Rx9+ 18 Rx9-


19 Rx10+


21 Rx11+ 22 Rx11-


23 Rx12+ 24 Rx12-


TB402 1 Tx13+ 2 Tx13- 3 Rx13+ 4 Rx13- 5 GND

CH13: Serial data transmit / receive

6 Tx14+ 7 Tx14- 8 Rx14+ 9 Rx14- 10 GND


11 Tx15+ 12 Tx15- 13 Rx15+ 14 Rx15- 15 GND


16 Tx16+ 17 Tx16- 18 Rx16+ 19 Rx16- 20 GND


Sensor Option unit VDR transmits a error sentence.




MB (CQD-2040 / 2057） TB401 1 +24V 2 GND

Capsule Power Capsule NDH-316 / 317

3 ERR_A

4 ERR_C 5 ERR_B

Error output by dry contact signal (Lamp) Power off / Error: AC close Normal: AC open

Alarm board

6 ARM_A 7 ARM_C 8 ARM_B

Alarm output by dry contact signal (Buzzer) Power off / Alarm: AC close Normal AC open

Alarm board

9 PI1+ 10 PI1-

Dry contact input port-1 Main alarm / Radar switcher

11 PI2+ 12 PI2-

Dry contact input port-2 Main alarm / Radar switcher

13 PI3+

14 PI3- Dry contact input port-3 Main alarm /

GPS switcher

TB403 1 +12V OPU DC power 2 GND- 3 T / R+ OPU RS-425 interface 4 T / R-

OPU NCG-169


AIB (CQD-2041） 1 MIC+ 2 MIC- 3 GND

Microphone signal

4 SPEAKER+

TB901-TB909

5 SPEAKER- Speaker signal

Microphone 1 - 9 NVT-161 / 162

1 VHF+

2 VHF-

TB910-TB912

3 GND

VHF VHF transceiver




MB (CQD-2040） TB404 1 RX17+ 2 Rx17-


3 Rx18+ 4 Rx18-


5 Rx19+ 6 Rx19-


7 Rx20+


9 Rx21+ 10 Rx21-


11 Rx22+ 12 Rx22-


13 Rx23+


15 Rx24+ 16 Rx24-


TB405 1 Rx25+ 2 Rx25-


3 Rx26+ 4 Rx26-


5 Rx27+ 6 Rx27-


7 Rx28+ 8 Rx28-


9 Rx29+ 10 Rx29-


11 Rx30+ 12 Rx30-


13 Rx31+ 14 Rx31-


15 Rx32+

16 Rx32-



NIB (CHM-378） TB1001 1 STEP1 2 STEP2 3 STEP3 4 COM

Step signal

TB1002 1 SYNC1 2 SYNC2 3 SYNC3 4 REF1 5 REF2

Synchro signal

Gyro compass

TB1003 1 PULSE+ 2 PULSE-

Pulse signal Speed log



10. CONNECTION BLOCK DIAGRAMS

10.1. System Diagram 10.1.1. VDR JCY-1800

*TTYCS-1QMic-1



Mic-4 *TTYCS-1Q

*TTYCS-1QMic-2


MIC1

MIC2

MIC4

*TTYCS-1Q

*3C-2V*3C-2V*3C-2V*3C-2V

*3C-2V

RGBH synch

V synch

*TTYCS-1QMic-5MIC5



* MPYC-4


* MPYC-7


* MPYC-2

DGPS(Yard)

* TTYCS-1

AIS(Yard)

* TTYCS-1

Speed Log(Yard)

* TTYCS-1

Gyro Compass(Yard)

* TTYCS-1

Auto Pilot(Yard)

* TTYCS-1


* TTYCS-1

Echo Sounder(Yard)

* TTYCS-1

Anemometer(Yard)

* TTYCS-1


* TTYCS-1


* TTYCS-1

Other(Yard)

* TTYCS-1

X-Band Radar (JRC)

* TTYCS-1

* TTYCS-1Q

* MPYC-xx

From AC Distributor

Dry Contact(Yard)

* TTYCS-1Q

* MPYC-xx

From AC Distributor

Dry Contact(Yard)

Other(Yard)

* TTYCS-1Q

Other (Yard)

* TTYCS-1Q



10. Connection Block Diagrams JCY-1800/1850 VDR/S-VDR Installation Guide


10.1.2. S-VDR JCY-1850

*TTYCS-1QMic-1



Mic-4 *TTYCS-1Q

*TTYCS-1QMic-2


MIC1

MIC2

MIC4

*TTYCS-1Q

*3C-2V*3C-2V*3C-2V*3C-2V

*3C-2V

RGBH synch

V synch

*TTYCS-1QMic-5MIC5



* MPYC-4


* MPYC-7


* MPYC-2

DGPS(Yard)

* TTYCS-1

AIS(Yard)

* TTYCS-1

Speed Log(Yard)

* TTYCS-1

Gyro Compass(Yard)

* TTYCS-1

Auto Pilot(Yard)

* TTYCS-1


* TTYCS-1

Echo Sounder(Yard)

* TTYCS-1

Anemometer(Yard)

* TTYCS-1


* TTYCS-1


* TTYCS-1

Other(Yard)

* TTYCS-1

X-Band Radar (JRC)

* TTYCS-1

Other(Yard)

* TTYCS-1Q

Other (Yard)

* TTYCS-1Q



10.2. Interconnection Wiring Diagrams

10.2.1. NDV-1800/1850 Recording Control Unit – Page 1 -

CONNECTION BOX:NQE-3163 / TB1

*TTYCS-1QOPERATION PANEL UNIT:NCG-169 / TB1101

CABLE CLAMP

* Category-5Ethernet shield twist pair

cable with waterproof (Max. 30m)

TXPTXNRXP

RXN

B

AC

BCA

PI1+PI1-PI2+PI2-PI3+PI3-

GND24V

CABLE CLAMP

*DPYCYS-1.5

1: +24V2: GND

GND+12V

T/R+T/R-

GND+12V

T/R+T/R-



10.2.1 NDV-1800/1850 Recording Control Unit – Page 2 -

* DPYCS-2.5

GND

HC

Shield

Shield

Shield

HC

GND

HC

HC

GND

HC

HC

GND

HC

HC

GND

HC

HC

GND

HC

HC

GND

HC

HC

GND

HC

HC

GND

HC

HC

H

H

H

C

C

C

* DPYCS-1.5

* TTYCS-1

* TTYCS-1

* TTYCS-1Q

No.1 Microphone Unit: NVT-161Steering Stand area

* TTYCS-1Q

No.2 Microphone Unit: NVT-161Bridge Console area

* TTYCS-1Q

No.4 Microphone Unit: NVT-161Chart table area

* TTYCS-1Q

No.5 Microphone Unit: NVT-162Communication Workstation area

VU

No.7 Waterproof Microphone Unit: NVT-162PORT Wing area

* TTYCYS-1Q

No.8 Waterproof Microphone Unit: NVT-162STBD Wing area

* TTYCYS-1Q

3C-2V

3C-2V

3C-2V

3C-2V

3C-2V




RE

CO

RD

ING

CO

NTR

OL

UN

IT: N

DV

-180

0

*:ya

rd s

uppl

y ca

bles

REC

OR

DIN

G C

ON

TRO

L U

NIT

(ND

V-18

00/1

850)

: IN

TER

CO

NN

ECTI

ON

WIR

ING

(3/4

)

12

34

56

78

CH

1C

H2

CH

3C

H4

TB40

4

RX+RX-

RX+RX-

RX+RX-

RX+RX-

* TTYCS-1

DG

PS Sh

ield

wire

CABLE CLAMP

Gyr

o C

ompa

ss

Shie

ld w

ire

CABLE CLAMP

Aut

o P

ilot

Shie

ld w

ire

CABLE CLAMP

* TTYCS-1

* TTYCS-1A

IS

Shi

eld

wire

CABLE CLAMP

* TTYCS-1

12

34

56

78

910

CH

14TX+TX-

RX+RX-

GND

CH

13TX+TX-

RX+RX-

GND

1112

1314

1516

1718

1920

CH

16TX+TX-

RX+RX-

GND

CH

15TX+TX-

RX+RX-

GND

CH

01-

CH

16C

H17-

CH

32

CQ

D-2

040

: MO

THE

R B

OA

RD

12

CH

26C

H27

CH

28

RX+RX-

RX+RX-

RX+RX-

RX+RX-

78

56

34

910

CH

29C

H30

CH

31

RX+RX-

RX+RX-

RX+RX-

1314

1112

CH

25

RX+RX-

1516

CH

32

12

CH

18C

H19

CH

20

RX+RX-

RX+RX-

RX+RX-

RX+RX-

78

56

34

910

CH

21C

H22

CH

23

RX+RX-

RX+RX-

RX+RX-

1314

1112

CH

17

RX+RX-

1516

CH

24

TB40

1TB

402

TB40

5

(185

0 no

term

inal

)

(185

0 no

term

inal

)

CH

5C

H11

910

CH

6C

H7

CH

8

RX+RX-

RX+RX-

RX+RX-

RX+RX-

1516

1314

1112

1718

CH

9C

H10

RX+RX-

RX+RX-

RX+RX-

2122

1920

RX+RX-

2324

CH

12




RX+RX-

RX+RX-

RX+RX-

RX+RX-

RX+RX-

RX+RX-

RX+RX-

RX+RX-

TX+TX-

RX+RX-

GND

* TTYCS-1

CABLE CLAMP

* TTYCS-1

CABLE CLAMP

* TTYCS-1

CABLE CLAMP

* TTYCS-1

CABLE CLAMP

CABLE CLAMP

* TTYCS-1

* TTYCS-1

CABLE CLAMP

CABLE CLAMP

* TTYCS-1

* TTYCS-1

CABLE CLAMP

RX+RX-CABLE CLAMP

* TTYCS-1

RX+RX-

* TTYCS-1

CABLE CLAMP

CABLE CLAMP

* TTYCS-1

* TTYCS-1

CABLE CLAMP

RX+RX-

RX+RX-

TX+TX-

RX+RX-

GND

TX+TX-

RX+RX-

GND

TX+TX-

RX+RX-

GND

S1S2S3

COM

S1S2S3R1R2

LPLPE

CABLE CLAMP

CABLE CLAMP

CABLE CLAMP

* MPYCS-4

* MPYCS-7

* MPYCS-2



10.2.2. NQE-3163 Connection Box

* D

PYC

YS

-1.5

red

blac

k

CA

BLE

CLA

MP

24V

GN

D

shie

ld

INS

IDE

of N

DV

-180

0/18

50

Cab

le a

ttach

ed w

ith H

VR

for E

ther

net

Bla

ck C

able

(3m

)

whi

te/g

reen

gree

n

whi

te/o

rang

e

oran

ge

* Cat

egor

y-5

Eth

erne

t shi

eld

twis

t pai

r cab

lew

ith w

ater

proo

f(M

ax. 3

0m)

1S

HIE

LD

2+2

4V D

C

3D

C G

ND

4TX

+

5TX

-

6R

X+

7R

X-

8S

HIE

LD

red

blac

k

whi

te/g

reen

gree

n

whi

te/o

rang

e

oran

ge

CO

LORC

able

atta

ched

with

HV

Rfo

r PO

WE

R S

uppl

yR

ed C

able

(3m

)



10.2.3. NVT-161 / NVT-162 Microphone Unit / Waterproof Microphone unit

MIC

INS

IDE

of N

DV

-180

0/18

50

MICROPHONE UNIT (NVT-161) / WATERPROOF MIC UNIT (NVT-162): INTERCONNECTION WIRING

*:yard supply cable

MICROPHONE ALLOCATION

J901 - J909

AUDIO INTERFACE BOARD CQD-2041

MICROPHONE No.

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

LOCATION

Chart table area

Steering stand area

STBD Wing area

(None Connected)

(None Connected)

(None Connected)

Communication workstation area

Bridge console area

PORT Wing area

CONNCTION of NDV-1800/1850

J901

J904

J907

J908

J909

J902

J903

J905

J906

connector

1 2 3 4 5

MIC

GN

DH C

SPK

H CMIC

1

TB1012 3 4 5

+ - s + -SPKR

*TTY

CS

-1Q

1

2

3

4 5

MICROPHONE UNITNVT-161NVT-162



10.2.4. VHF Line Connection

* TTY

CS-

1

INSI

DE

of N

DV-

1800

/185

0

+ -Sh

ieldH C



10.2.5. NCG-169 Operation Panel Unit

GN

D+1

2V

T/R

+T/

R-

* TT

YC

S-1

Q

INS

IDE

of N

DV

-180

0/18

50

GN

D+1

2V

T/R

+T/

R-



10.2.6. NCT-72 Digital Signal Converter – Page 1 -

12

34

56

78

910

1112

1314

1516

1718

1920

2122

2324

2526

2728

2930

3132

TB1

CH1(+)

CH1(-)

CH2(+)

CH2(-)

CH3(+)

CH3(-)

CH4(+)

CH4(-)

CH5(+)

CH5(-)

CH6(+)

CH6(-)

CH7(+)

CH7(-)

CH8(+)

CH8(-)

INPU

TCH9(+)

CH9(-)

CH10(+)

CH10(-)

CH11(+)

CH11(-)

CH12(+)

CH12(-)

CH13(+)

CH13(-)

CH14(+)

CH14(-)

CH15(+)

CH15(-)

CH16(+)

CH16(-)

3231

3029

2827

2625

2423

2221

2019

1817

1615

1413

1211

109

87

65

43

21

CH17(+)

CH17(-)

CH18(+)

CH18(-)

CH19(+)

CH19(-)

CH20(+)

CH20(-)

CH21(+)

CH21(-)

CH22(+)

CH22(-)

CH23(+)

CH23(-)

CH24(+)

CH24(-)

INP

UT

TB2

E

*0.5

t x 2

5

U

V

E

AC IN

12

3D

IGIT

AL S

IGN

AL C

ON

VER

TER

: NC

T-72

DIG

ITA

L S

IGN

AL

CO

NV

ER

TE

R (

NC

T-7

2): I

NT

ER

CO

NN

EC

TIO

N W

IRIN

G (

1/3)

*:ya

rd s

uppl

y ca

ble

JUN

CTI

ON

BO

AR

D C

QD

-208

1

* DPYCS-2.5

CH25(+)

CH25(-)

CH26(+)

CH26(-)

CH27(+)

CH27(-)

CH28(+)

CH28(-)

CH29(+)

CH29(-)

CH30(+)

CH30(-)

CH31(+)

CH31(-)

CH32(+)

CH32(-)

TB10

1

note

:E

ach

CH

's(-)

term

inal

on

Junc

tion

Boa

rd is

com

mon

line

. (N

egat

ive

com

mon

)E

MER

GE

NC

YA

C P

OW

ER

SW

ITC

HB

OR

D(A

C D

istri

buto

r)AC

100V

60H

z

Aut

o-pi

lot

Nau

to P

ilot 2

015

(RAY

THEO

N)

CA

BLE

CR

AM

P

Shie

ld w

ire

CH

18C

H19

CH

20C

H21

CH

22C

H23

CH

24C

H25

CH

26C

H27

CH

28C

H29

CH

30C

H31

CH

32

Steering modes override ON

CH

17
















* MPYC-19

CH

1

CA

BLE

CR

AM

P

Shie

ld w

ire

Steering modes override ON * MPYC-19

CH

2C

H3

CH

4C

H5

CH

6C

H7

CH

8C

H9

CH

10C

H11

CH

12C

H13

CH

14C

H15

CH

16


















10.2.6 NCT-72 Digital Signal Converter – Page-2 -




CH0 (+)

CH0 (-)

CH1 (+)

CH1 (-)

CH2 (+)

CH2 (-)

CH3 (+)

CH3 (-)

* TTYCS-1Telegraph order [+/-10V]

CABLE CRAMP


CABLE CRAMP


CABLE CRAMP

CH4 (+)

CH4 (-)

CH5 (+)

CH5 (-)

CH6 (+)

CH6 (-)

CH7 (+)

CH8 (-)



10.2.7. NCT-63 Digital Signal Converter – Page 1 -

DIG

ITA

L S

IGN

AL

CO

NV

ER

TER

: NC

T-63

DIG

ITA

L S

IGN

AL

CO

NV

ER

TE

R (

NC

T-6

3): I

NT

ER

CO

NN

EC

TIO

N W

IRIN

G (

1/2)

*:ya

rd s

uppl

y ca

ble

JUN

CTI

ON

BO

AR

D C

QD

-201

2

12

34

56

78

910

1112

1314

1516

1718

1920

2122

2324

2526

2728

2930

3132

TB1

Aut

o-pi

lot

Nau

to P

ilot 2

015

(RA

YTH

EO

N)

CH

1

CA

BLE

CR

AM

P

Shi

eld

wire

CH

2C

H3

CH

4C

H5

CH

6C

H7

CH

8C

H9

CH

10C

H11

CH

12C

H13

CH

14C

H15

CH

16

CO

NTR

OL

BO

AR

D

CD

J-23

33

12

34

56Shi

eld

wire

1213

1415

1819

TB40

2 / C

H16

45

1617 2

1 TB10

1




CH0 (+)

CH0 (-)

CH1 (+)

CH1 (-)

CH2 (+)

CH2 (-)

CH3 (+)

CH3 (-)


CABLE CRAMP


CABLE CRAMP


CABLE CRAMP

CH4 (+)

CH4 (-)

CH5 (+)

CH5 (-)

CH6 (+)

CH6 (-)

CH7 (+)

CH8 (-)



10.2.8. NWP-46 Radar Interface Unit

REC

OR

DIN

G C

ON

TRO

L U

NIT

: ND

V-18

00/1

850

*:ya

rd s

uppl

y ca

bles

Shi

eld

wire

Shi

eld

wire

CD

J-23

04:M

ain

Con

trol B

oard

(MC

B)

CF

J502

J503

VD

R-L

AN

RA

DA

R IN

TER

FAC

E U

NIT

(NW

P-46

): IN

TER

CO

NN

ECTI

ON

WIR

ING

AC O

UT

TB10

2U

VE

31

2

J802

TB10

1

LAN

Rad

ar In

terfa

ce U

nit

(NW

P-46

) C

onne

ctio

n D

iagr

am

UV

E

31

2

CK

A-1

37:F

ram

e G

rabb

er B

oard

(F

GB)

Dis

play

cab

le

Dis

play

cab

le

Mai

n R

adar

Vide

o ou

tput

por

t

Sub

Rad

arVi

deo

outp

ut p

ort

11. Schematic Diagrams (Circuit Diagrams)JCY-1800/1850 VDR/S-VDR Installation Guide


11. SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS (CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS)

11.1. NDV-1800 Recording Control Unit of VDR

DC Power out

J308

BATTThrm. Sensor

(10)J307(8)

J306(2)

UPS Control

W108 LAN cable 7ZCJD0284

J310J309FAN

(3) (3) (4) (2)(4)

AC line SW

Batt. line SW

Backup TEST SW

J303 J304 J305

J901(50)

J405(4)

J404(2)

D-SUB15RGB1 Input

J408 (64)

J801

D-SUB15RGB2 Input

J804

(15)

J803

(15)J407 (90)

J701

JRC-LANJ702J703CF

J504

RECORDINGRESTART

REC STOP

CF CARDMEDIABACKUP STOP

J502J503VDR-LAN

J406 (90)

J501J602(50)

(10)J402(8)

J403(2)

J401

J409(8)

J1001(8)

CF Card

TB401 7JTJD0030

TB4037JTJD0035

TB402 7JTJD0031

TB404 7JTJD0033 TB405 7JTJD0033

TB406 7JTJD0036

(4)J1101

W109 LAN cable 7ZCJD0284

11. Schematic Diagrams (Circuit Diagrams) JCY-1800/1850 VDR/S-VDR Installation Guide


11.2. NDV-1850 Recording Control Unit of S-VDR

DC Power out

J308

BATTThrm. Sensor

(10)J307(8)

J306(2)

UPS Control

J310J309FAN

(3) (3) (4) (2)(4)

AC line SW

Batt. line SW

Backup TEST SW

J303 J304 J305

J901(50)

J405(4)

J404(2)

D-SUB15RGB1 Input

J408 (64)

J801

D-SUB15RGB2 Input

J804

(15)

J803

(15)

CF

J504

RECORDINGRESTART

REC STOP

CF CARDMEDIABACKUP STOP

J502J503VDR-LAN

J406 (90)

J501J602(50)

(10)J402(8)

J403(2)

J401

J409(8)

J1001(8)

CF Card

TB401 7JTJD0030

TB4037JTJD0035

TB402 7JTJD0031

TB406 7JTJD0036

(4)J1101

OptionW109 LAN cable 7ZCJD0284



11.3. NCG-169 Operation Panel Unit

J1101



11.4. NVT-161 Microphone Unit

Mic

roph

one

Uni

t (N

VT-

161)

Con

nect

ion

Dia

gram

1 2 3 4

1 2 3 4 5

MIC

RE

DB

LUE

YELL

OW

WH

ITE

SPE

AKE

R

+ -+ -

CN

1TB

1

MIC

-P2(

R1)

MIC

AM

P Bo

ard

TB1:

WA

GO

255

Ser

ies

MIC

+M

IC-

SHIE

LDSP

+SP

-

TTY

CS-

1Q

RC

U



11.5. NVT-162 Waterproof Microphone Unit (Option)



11.6. NCT-72 Digital Signal Converter 64CH (Option)

Dig

ital S

igna

l Con

verto

r 64

CH

(N

CT-

72)

Con

nect

ion

Dia

gram

J2

7ZC

JD01

89A

Dry

Con

tact

Inpu

t Boa

rdC

QD

-208

1

AC/D

C P

ower

Sup

ply

Uni

tAE

S30-

12

W10

2

7ZC

JD02

86

PO

WER

INA

C85

～13

2V o

r A

C17

0～26

5V

AC

Filt

er B

oard

CB

J-14

7

CN

1

IO

FUSE

P1

Dry

Con

tact

Con

trol B

oard

CD

J-23

33

J102

J103

J104

W10

1

Dry

Con

tact

in

x64c

h

TB1

TB2

TB3

1

321

1

1

32

3232

TB4

CH

17

CH

18

CH

19

CH

25

CH

20

CH

28

CH

21

CH

29

CH

23

CH

31

CH

22

CH

30

CH

24

CH

32

CH

26

CH

27

CH

33

CH

34

CH

35

CH

41

CH

36C

H44

CH

37C

H45

CH

39C

H47

CH

38

CH

46

CH

40

CH

48

CH

42

CH

43

CH

49

CH

50

CH

51

CH

57

CH

52C

H60

CH

53C

H61

CH

55C

H63

CH

54

CH

62

CH

56

CH

64

CH

58

CH

59

CH

01

CH

02

CH

03

CH

09

CH

04

CH

12

CH

05

CH

13

CH

07

CH

15

CH

06

CH

14

CH

08

CH

16

CH

10

CH

11

TB10

11 5

RC

UN

ME

A d

ata

outp

utTx

+Tx

-G

ND

Rx+ Rx-



11.7. NCT-72 Digital Signal Converter 64CH + A/D Option Board (Option)

Dig

ital S

igna

l Con

verto

r 64

CH

(N

CT-

72)

+ O

ptio

n: A

/D B

oard

8C

HC

onne

ctio

n D

iagr

am

J2

7ZC

JD01

89A

Dry

Con

tact

Inpu

t Boa

rdC

QD

-208

1

AC/D

C P

ower

Sup

ply

Uni

tA

ES30

-12

W10

2

7ZC

JD02

86

PO

WE

R IN

AC

85～

132V

or

AC

170～

265V

AC F

ilter

Boa

rdC

BJ-

147

CN

1

IO

FUSE

P1

A/D

Con

vert

Boa

rdC

EF-

60

J303

W10

4

Dry

Con

tact

Con

trol B

oard

CD

J-23

33

J102

J103

7ZC

JD02

63

J104 J3

02

W10

1W

105

7ZC

JD02

38

Dry

Con

tact

in

x64c

h

TB1

TB2

TB3

1

321

1

1

32

3232

TB4

CH

17

CH

18

CH

19

CH

25

CH

20

CH

28

CH

21

CH

29

CH

23

CH

31

CH

22

CH

30

CH

24

CH

32

CH

26

CH

27

CH

33

CH

34

CH

35

CH

41

CH

36

CH

44

CH

37

CH

45

CH

39

CH

47

CH

38

CH

46

CH

40C

H48

CH

42

CH

43

CH

49

CH

50

CH

51

CH

57

CH

52

CH

60

CH

53

CH

61

CH

55

CH

63

CH

54

CH

62

CH

56

CH

64

CH

58

CH

59

CH

01

CH

02

CH

03

CH

09

CH

04

CH

12

CH

05

CH

13

CH

07

CH

15

CH

06

CH

14

CH

08C

H16

CH

10

CH

11

TB10

11 5

RC

UN

MEA

dat

a ou

tput

Tx+

Tx-

GN

DR

x+ Rx-

Ana

log

data

in

x8ch

CH

0+

CH

0-

CH

1+

CH

1-

CH

2+

CH

2-

CH

3+

CH

3-

CH

4+

CH

4-

CH

5+

CH

5-

CH

6+

CH

6-

CH

7+

CH

7-

TB30

1TB

302

1 8

1 8



11.8. NCT-63 Digital Signal Converter 16CH (Option)

Dig

ital S

igna

l Con

verto

r 16

CH

(N

CT-

63)

Con

nect

ion

Dia

gram

J2

7ZC

JD01

89A

Dry

Con

tact

Inpu

t Boa

rdC

QD

-201

2

AC

/DC

Pow

er S

uppl

y U

nit

AES1

5-12

W10

27Z

CJD

0286

POW

ER

INAC

85～

132V

or

AC17

0～26

5V

AC

Filt

er B

oard

CBJ

-147

CN

1

IO

FUSE

P1

Dry

Con

tact

Con

trol B

oard

CD

J-23

33

J102

J103

J104

W10

1

Dry

Con

tact

in

x16c

h

TB1

1

32

CH

01

CH

02

CH

03

CH

09

CH

04

CH

12

CH

05

CH

13

CH

07

CH

15

CH

06

CH

14

CH

08

CH

16

CH

10

CH

11

TB10

11 5

RC

UN

ME

A da

ta o

utpu

tTx

+Tx

-G

ND

Rx+ Rx-



11.9. NCT-63 Digital Signal Converter 16CH + A/D Option Board (Option)

Dig

ital S

igna

l Con

verto

r 16

CH

(N

CT-

63)

+ O

ptio

n: A

/D B

oard

8C

HC

onne

ctio

n D

iagr

am

J2

7ZC

JD01

89A

Dry

Con

tact

Inpu

t Boa

rdC

QD

-201

2

AC

/DC

Pow

er S

uppl

y U

nit

AES-

30-1

2

W10

2

7ZC

JD02

86

PO

WE

R IN

AC

85～

132V

or

AC

170～

265V

AC

Filt

er B

oard

CBJ

-147

CN

1

IO

FUSE

P1

A/D

Con

vert

Boa

rdC

EF-6

0

J303

W10

4

Dry

Con

tact

Con

trol B

oard

CD

J-23

33

J102

J103

7ZC

JD02

63

J104 J3

02

W10

1W

105

7ZC

JD02

38

TB10

11 5

RC

UN

ME

A da

ta o

utpu

tTx

+Tx

-G

ND

Rx+ Rx-

Anal

og d

ata

in

x8ch

CH

0+

CH

0-

CH

1+

CH

1-

CH

2+

CH

2-

CH

3+

CH

3-

CH

4+

CH

4-

CH

5+

CH

5-

CH

6+

CH

6-

CH

7+

CH

7-

TB30

1TB

302

1 8

1 8

Dry

Con

tact

in

x16c

h

TB1

1

32

CH

01

CH

02

CH

03

CH

09

CH

04

CH

12

CH

05

CH

13

CH

07

CH

15

CH

06C

H14

CH

08

CH

16

CH

10

CH

11



11.10. NWP-46 Radar Interface Unit (Option)

12. Configuration of Connection InterfaceJCY-1800/1850 VDR/S-VDR Installation Guide


12. CONFIGURATION OF CONNECTION INTERFACE

12.1. Ship Identification Information

Items Information Remarks

Ship’s Name Not yet determined

IMO ID Not yet determined

12.2. Ship Specification Information (for reference to installation work)

Items Specifications Remarks

Rudder number Single

Engine type Diesel plant

Engine number 1

Shaft number 1

Propeller Type FPP

Bow thruster None

Stern thruster None

12.3. Other Ships’ Information

Details of device

Data Source device Manufacturer Type Serial #

IEC61162-1 Sentence Talker ID & Header

Date and Time DGPS JRC JLR-7700MKII GPZDA

Ship’s Position DGPS JRC JLR-7700MKII GPGGA

Items Specifications Remarks

Type of ship Tanker

Class of ship NK

Ship registration Panama

Emergency Power Source AC220V 60Hz

Place of RCU Wheelhouse

Registry # QQ-TAN-01/05-01

12. Configuration of Connection Interface JCY-1800/1850 VDR/S-VDR Installation Guide


12.4. List of Equipment and Connection interface

12.4.1. IEC61162-1/2 Connection Interface

*S-VDR: The “Port No. marked *” should be recorded when the data interface is IEC-61162 standard. When radar images cannot be recorded, the output data of AIS must be recorded as an alternative.

JCY-1800/1850 can also record both all AIS data and radar images.

Port No.

Equipment Name Manufacturer Model Serial # Data description IEC61162-1/2

sentence

1 DGPS JRC JLR-7700MKII Date and Time Ship’s position Local geodetic datum

ZDA GGA DTM

2 Gyro Compass YDK CMZ700 Ship’s Heading (Gyro: true) HDT 3 Speed Log Consilium SAL860 Ground / Water speed VBW

4 AIS JRC JHS-182 Ship identification VDO,VDM ALR,TXT

5* Echo sounder JRC JFE-585 Depth DPT

6* Anemometer Wind direction MWV Wind speed 7* Fire detection Fire alarms FIR system System abnormal ALA

8* Steering engine NORCONTROL DATACHEIF C-20

Steering gear unit No.1 S/G stop No.1 S/G Overload No.1 S/G Power Fail No.1 S/G Phase Loss No.1 S/G Hyd. Oil Low level No.2 S/G stop No.2 S/G Overload No.2 S/G Power Fail No.2 S/G Phase Loss No.2 S/G Hyd. Oil Low level

ETL

Steering gear control unit

No.1 S/G Control Power Fail No.2 S/G Control Power Fail

ALA

9* Engine monitor NOLCONTROL DATACHEIF M/E Auto Shutdown system C-20 M/E Manual Shutdown M/E Starting air pressure low ALA M/E Alarm panel system power fail Bilge Alarm WAT

10* Door status Yard supply Watertight door status

monitor Fire door status DOR

Hull door status

11* Auto-pilot YDK PT500 Rudder order, manual Heading / Track control setting HTD

Rudder response, Automatic via auto-navigation system

Rudder response, manual RSA

Rudder order, Automatic via auto-navigation system (if fitted) HTC

12* ARPA/RADAR JRC JMA-9823 Own ship information OSD Recording RADAR selection PJRC 13* M/E Remote M/E RPM set order PRC Control System M/E RPM actual response RPM M/E Remote Control system abnormal ALA M/E Telegraph power fail



Port No.

Equipment Name Manufacturer Model Serial # Data description IEC61162-1/2

sentence

14 Not connected ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- 15 Not connected ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- 16 Not connected ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- 17 Not connected ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- 18 Not connected ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- 19 Not connected ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- 20 Not connected ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- 21 Not connected ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- 22 Not connected ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- 23 Not connected ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- 24 Not connected ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- 25 Not connected ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- 26 Not connected ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- 27 Not connected ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- 28 Not connected ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- 29 Not connected ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- 30 Not connected ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- 31 Not connected ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- 32 Not connected ----- ----- ----- ----- -----

12.4.2. Connection Interface for Audio Signal equipment

12.4.2.1. Bridge Audio

Microphone # Microphone Location Remarks

1 Conning position Non-waterproof type

2 Bridge Console Non-waterproof type

3 Not connected

4 Maneuvering & surveillance position Non-waterproof type

5 Chart table space Non-waterproof type

6 Not connected

7 Starboard Wing Waterproof type

8 Port Wing Waterproof type

9 Not connected

12.4.2.2. VHF Communication audio

VHF # Equipment Name Manufacturer Model Serial No. Location Specification Remarks

1 VHF Radio No.1 JRC JHS-32B 600-ohm 0-dBm unbalance

2 VHF Radio No.2 JRC JHS-32B 600-ohm 0-dBm unbalance

3 VHF Radio No.3 Not connected



12.4.2.3. RADAR Signal Contact Interface

Equipment Name Manufacturer Model Serial No. Specification Remarks

X Band RADAR JRC JMA-9823-7XA

R/G/B/Hs/Vs: BNC connection 1024 x 728 pixels Video: 0.7V peak at 75-ohm Vs: 60 Hz / TTL / Negative Hs: 48.36 kHz / TTL / Negative

Primary X-band RADAR

12.4.2.4. Dry Contact Signal Connection Interface (For NCT-72(64CH)/63(16CH) DSC)

Port No.

Equipment Name Manufacturer Model Serial # Data

description IEC61162-1

sentence Source Device

1 No.1 S/G Not yet decided Not yet decided No.1 S/G No voltage ALA 2 Alarm Panel No.1 S/G Overload Normal close ALA

3 No.1 S/G Lost phase Normal close ALA

4 No.1 S/G Low level of oil pressure

Normal close ALA

5 No.1 S/G Control power failure

Normal close ALA

6 No.2 S/G Not yet decided Not yet decided No.2 S/G No voltage Normal close ALA 7 Alarm Panel No.2 S/G Overload Normal close ALA 8 No.2 S/G Lost phase Normal close ALA

9 No.2 S/G Low level of oil pressure

Normal close ALA

10 No.2 S/G Control power failure

Normal close ALA

11 Auto Pilot Not yet decided Not yet decided Auto pilot power source failure

Normal close ALA

12 P.A. main unit Not yet decided Not yet decided P.A Main unit (E/E/R) [emergency alarm]

Normal close ALA

13 Not connected ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- 14 Not connected ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- 15 Not connected ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- 16 Not connected ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- -----

● ● ●

60 Not connected ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- 61 Not connected ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- 62 Not connected ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- 63 Not connected ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- 64 Not connected ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- -----



12.5. Recording Data

Signals of sensors, bridge conversations, VHF communications, and RADAR images are recorded in chronological order to the final recording medium in the Protective Capsule Unit via the Recording Control Unit. However, the information on the initial settings of the system configuration is recorded before the equipment is shipped from a JRC factory or at the time of its installation on the ship.

The Recording Control Unit records such signals with time-stamps at an interval of 0.01 seconds.

12.5.1. Timing of Data Acquisition

When and how such signals are recorded onto the Protective Capsule Unit varies with their types.

1) Data sentences from sensors / devices: The signals from sensors / devices are recorded onto the Protective Capsule Unit as they are received.

2) Bridge conversations:

The signals of the conversations in the bridge are pooled, and then recorded at an interval of 1 minute in the form of a data stream (not as a file) onto the Protective Capsule Unit.

3) VHF communications:

The signals of the radio communications are pooled, and then recorded at an interval of 1 minute in the form of a data stream (not as a file) onto the Protective Capsule Unit.

4) RADAR images:

The signals of the RADAR images are pooled, and recorded at an interval of 15 seconds in the form of a data stream (not as a file) onto the Protective Capsule Unit.

12.5.2. Recording Capacity

Any data stream is recorded to the final recording medium in the Protective Capsule Unit. For each type of data, the memory area is assigned in the final recording medium and can store up to 12 hours’ recording in the specific format depicted below.

1) Data acquired from sensors or devices

Up to 73 sentences with the maximum number of 82 characters in each sentence. (i.e. approx. 6400 characters per second) All AIS data can be recorded by increased storage capacity.

2) Bridge conversation data:

Up to 315 kB in audio data size per minute for each channel (a channel consists of 3 microphones). The maximum number of channels is 3 (i.e., 3 channels accounts for 9 microphones).

3) VHF communication data

Up to 180 kB in a single audio data size per minute for each channel (a channel consists of 3 VHF radiotelephones).

4) RADAR image data



For a single frame size, up to 300 kB per 15 seconds. Data are recorded continuously, and when they are overlimited, the old ones are deleted.

12.5.3. Memory Assignment of Each Data Format

The Protective Capsule contains a solid state Flash Memory array, which stores data. The Protective Capsule Unit receives data from the Recording Control Unit via a TCP/IP-based network. The received data are then recorded to their corresponding memory areas assigned to the final recording medium in the Protective Capsule Unit.

The memory areas are assigned for the following data categories.

1) Settings of the system configuration 2) Sensor data in the form of IEC61162-1/2 3) Audio signal data of bridge conversations (ch #1: microphones 1-3) 4) Audio signal data of bridge conversations (ch #2: microphones 4-6) 5) Audio signal data of bridge conversations (ch #3: microphones 7-9) 6) Radio communication data from the VHF radio communication equipment (VHF 1-3) 7) RADAR video data

13. Spare PartsJCY-1800/1850 VDR/S-VDR Installation Guide


13. SPARE PARTS

13.1. Spare Parts List for the Recording Control Unit NDV-1800/1850

SHIP NO. SPARE PARTS LIST FOR USE SETS PER VESSEL

NDV-1800/1850 RECORDING CONTROL UNIT

JCY-1800/1850

VOYAGE DATA RECORDER

QUANTITY REMARKS WORKING DESCRIPTION

ITEM NO.

NAME OF PART OUTLINE (DIMENSION IN M/M)

PER SET

PER VESS

SPAREJRC CODE NO.

SUB MARK OF BOX

NO.

1 FUSE

30 6.4

4 - 8 MF60NR5

5ZFAA00103

2 FAN

15

60

160 CN

T

60

2 - 2 7ZBJD0010

MFR’S NAME JAPAN RADIO CO. , LTD. DWG. NO H-7ZXJD0080

13. Spare Parts JCY-1800/1850 VDR/S-VDR Installation Guide


13.2. Spare Parts List for the Digital Signal Converter NCT-72/63


NCT-72/63 DIGITAL SIGNAL CONVERTER

JCY-1800/1850



ITEM NO.


PER SET

PER VESS

SPAREJRC CODE NO.

SUB MARK OF BOX

NO.

1 FUSE

30 6.4

1 - 2 MF60NR3.15 5ZFAA00138

MFR’S NAME JAPAN RADIO CO. , LTD. DWG. NO 7ZXJD0092

13. Spare PartsJCY-1800/1850 VDR/S-VDR Installation Guide


13.3. Spare Parts List for the Radar Interface Unit NWP-46


NWP-46 RADAR INTERFACE UNIT

JCY-1800/1850



ITEM NO.


PER SET

PER VESS

SPAREJRC CODE NO.

SUB MARK OF BOX

NO.

1 FUSE

30 6.4

1 - 2

MF60NR2

5ZFAA00136

2 FAN

15

60

CN

T

60

1 - 1 7BFNA4001

MFR’S NAME JAPAN RADIO CO. , LTD. DWG. NO H-7ZXJD0093

13. Spare Parts JCY-1800/1850 VDR/S-VDR Installation Guide



14. Maintenance Check ListJCY-1800/1850 VDR/S-VDR Installation Guide


14. MAINTENANCE CHECK LIST FOR VDR/S-VDR Ship’s Name: Date:

Installation Check List for VDR / S-VDR

Ship’s Information Ship’s General Information

Items Information Remarks Ship’s Name IMO Number Type of Ship Flag State Classification Society

Ship’s Propulsion /Rudder System Configuration

Items Specifications Remarks Number of Rudder Main Engine type Number of Main Engine Number of Shaft Type of Propeller Bow Thruster Stern Thruster

14. Maintenance Check List JCY-1800/1850 VDR/S-VDR Installation Guide


Records for Inspections For Initial Installation of VDR / S-VDR 1. Inspection

2. VDR Information

Manufacturer Name/Model Serial Number Certificate Number Installation Date

Product

Manufactured Date 3. Manuals

Installation Manual

Operation Manual

Playback Equipment Operation Manual

Ship’s Name IMO Number Place of Inspection Date of Inspection Inspection Installation /Manuals

Ship’s Information (Up-date etc.) General Condition Verification of the VDR/S-VDR functions Verification of Input date and Data stored in the capsule

Attachments for records Installation Check List Input Data as at / / / Data/Output Information in the capsule

14.

Mai

nten

ance

Che

ck L

ist

JCY-

1800

/185

0 V

DR

/S-V

DR

Inst

alla

tion

Gui

de

213

DO

C N

o. 7

ZPJD

0387

A

VD

R/S

-VD

R (J

CY-

1800

/185

0) IN

STA

LLAT

ION

CH

ECK

ING

LIS

T

Inst

alla

tion

Doc

k Ya

rd

Inst

alla

tion

Ship

Num

ber &

Shi

p N

ame

VD

R /

S-V

DR

Ser

ial N

umbe

r M

B

VD

R o

r S-V

DR

Inst

alla

tion

Perio

d

Inst

alla

tion

Pers

on

com

pany

Se

ctio

n

N

ame

Gen

eral

des

crip

tion

of w

ork

1)

Ple

ase

chec

k in

stal

latio

n op

erat

ions

, usi

ng th

is C

heck

ing-

List

. In

the

case

of V

DR

/S-V

DR

inst

alla

tion

oper

atio

n.

2) P

leas

e fil

l in

“v”

mar

k th

e ch

eck

spac

e of

car

ried-

out o

pera

tions

. 3)

Ple

ase

draw

a sl

ant l

ine

the

chec

k sp

ace

of th

e ite

m o

f the

uni

t not

con

tain

ed in

com

posi

tion.

4)

Ple

ase

writ

e do

wn

the

cont

ents

of o

pera

tions

, the

mod

ifica

tion

oper

atio

ns sp

ace,

as y

ou c

arrie

d-ou

t the

mod

ifica

tion

oper

atio

ns.

5) S

end

this

Inst

alla

tion

Che

ckin

g lis

t to

the

Mar

ine

serv

ice

Dep

artm

ent a

fter i

nsta

llatio

n.

6) U

ploa

d th

e In

stal

latio

n re

port

file

to th

e “S

hip

list”

on

the

Mar

ine

serv

ice

WEB

.

(

Ref

er to

the

4.2

clau

se fo

r det

ails

of I

nsta

llatio

n re

port

file.

)

14. M

aint

enan

ce C

heck

Lis

t JC

Y-18

00/1

850

VD

R/S

-VD

R In

stal

latio

n G

uide

214

DO

C N

o. 7

ZPJD

0387

A

Abb

revi

atio

ns li

st o

f eac

h co

mpo

sitio

n un

it

This

Che

ckin

g-Li

st is

usi

ng a

bbre

viat

ions

of e

ach

com

posi

tion

unit.

The

abb

revi

atio

ns li

st is

show

n be

low.

Abb

revi

atio

n U

nit n

ame

Type

(VD

R /

S-V

DR

) PC

U

Prot

ectiv

e C

apsu

le U

nit

ND

H-3

16/3

17

RC

U

Rec

ordi

ng C

ontro

l Uni

t N

DV-

1800

/185

0 O

PU

Ope

ratio

n Pa

nel U

nit

NC

G-1

69

MIC

M

icro

phon

e U

nit

NV

T-16

1 W

PMIC

W

ater

proo

f Mic

roph

one

Uni

t N

VT-

162

CB

C

onne

ctio

n B

ox

NQ

E-31

63

Dig

ital S

igna

l Con

verte

r 64c

h N

CT-

72

DSC

D

igita

l Sig

nal C

onve

rter 1

6ch

NC

T-63

A

CB

A

nalo

g si

gnal

Con

verti

ng B

oard

C

EF-6

0 N

AV

NAV

-I/F

Uni

t N

CT-

52A

N

SK

NSK

inte

rfac

e bo

ard

CH

M-3

78

RIF

R

adar

I/F

Uni

t N

WP-

46

1.

The

che

ck b

efor

e po

wer

on

No.

C

heck

item

s C

heck

N

ame

of c

heck

per

son

Mod

ifica

tion

oper

atio

ns

Rem

ark

1.1

Prep

arat

ion

befo

re in

stal

latio

n Th

e fo

llow

ing

are

prep

ared

bef

ore

inst

alla

tion

1)

Dra

win

g fo

r ins

talla

tion

2)

Inst

alla

tion

Che

ckin

g-Li

st (t

his s

heet

s: a

ppen

ds to

equ

ipm

ent)

3)

Inst

alla

tion

guid

e 4)

M

aint

enan

ce so

ftwar

e fo

r JC

Y-18

00/1

850

5)

Pers

onal

com

pute

r for

mai

nten

ance

(with

LA

N p

ort)

6)

LAN

cab

le fo

r mai

nten

ance

(app

ends

to e

quip

men

t)

14.

Mai

nten

ance

Che

ck L

ist

JCY-

1800

/185

0 V

DR

/S-V

DR

Inst

alla

tion

Gui

de

215

DO

C N

o. 7

ZPJD

0387

A N

o.

Che

ck it

ems

Che

ck

Nam

e of

che

ck p

erso

nM

odifi

catio

n op

erat

ions

R

emar

k 1.

2 In

stal

latio

n po

sitio

n Th

e in

stal

latio

n po

sitio

n of

eac

h co

mpo

sitio

n un

its is

fille

d in

( ).

1) P

CU

(

)

2) C

B

(

)

3) R

CU

(

) 4

) OPU

(

)

5) M

IC1

(

)

6

) MIC

2 (

) 7

) MIC

3 (

) 8

) MIC

4 (

) 9

) MIC

5 (

) 10

) MIC

6 (

)

11) M

IC7

(

) 12

) MIC

8 (

)

13

) MIC

9 (

) 14

) DSC

1 (

)

15) D

SC2

(

)

16) D

SC3

(

)17

) DSC

4 (

)

18) N

AV (

)

19) R

IF (

)

H

oriz

onta

l lin

e is

dre

w in

( ) o

f the

uni

t no

t con

tain

ed in

com

posi

tion.

Th

e ex

iste

nce

of a

n A

nalo

g C

onve

rting

B

oard

is fi

lled

in b

y D

SC.

A

mic

roph

one

unit

fills

in w

ater

proo

fing

or u

n-w

ater

proo

fing.

O

PU

shal

l in

stal

l at

th

e W

heel

H

ouse

R

IF s

hall

inst

all

near

the

RA

DA

R

Dis

play

Uni

t.

1.3

Inst

alla

tion

situ

atio

n In

stal

latio

n si

tuat

ion

of e

ach

com

posi

tion

unit

is c

heck

ed.

1)

Is it

fixe

d fir

mly

? 2)

Is

wat

erpr

oofin

g pr

oces

sing

of P

CU

OK

? 3)

Is

wat

erpr

oofin

g pr

oces

sing

of C

B O

K?

4)

Is w

ater

proo

fing

proc

essi

ng o

f WPM

IC O

K?

14. M

aint

enan

ce C

heck

Lis

t JC

Y-18

00/1

850

VD

R/S

-VD

R In

stal

latio

n G

uide

216

DO

C N

o. 7

ZPJD

0387

A

No.

C

heck

item

s C

heck

N

ame

of c

heck

per

son

Mod

ifica

tion

oper

atio

ns

Rem

ark

1.4

Wiri

ng si

tuat

ion

Wiri

ng si

tuat

ion

of e

ach

com

posi

tion

unit

is c

heck

ed.

1)

Is th

e w

iring

to C

B a

s the

dra

win

g fo

r ins

talla

tion?

2)

Is

the

wiri

ng to

RC

U a

s the

dra

win

g fo

r ins

talla

tion?

3)

Is

the

wiri

ng to

OPU

as t

he d

raw

ing

for i

nsta

llatio

n?

4)

Is th

e w

iring

to M

IC a

s the

dra

win

g fo

r ins

talla

tion?

5)

Is

the

wiri

ng to

WPM

IC a

s the

dra

win

g fo

r ins

talla

tion?

6)

Is

the

wiri

ng to

DSC

as t

he d

raw

ing

for i

nsta

llatio

n?

7)

Is th

e w

iring

to N

AV a

s the

dra

win

g fo

r ins

talla

tion?

8)

Is

the

wiri

ng to

RIF

as t

he d

raw

ing

for i

nsta

llatio

n?

Hor

izon

tal l

ine

is d

rew

on

the

unit

not c

onta

ined

in c

ompo

sitio

n.

1.5

Pow

er li

ne w

iring

Po

wer

line

wiri

ng is

che

cked

as

the

brea

ker o

f the

sw

itchb

oard

is tu

rned

on.

Th

e po

wer

-sup

ply

switc

h of

eac

h co

mpo

sitio

n un

it is

turn

ed o

ff.

1)

Is e

ach

com

posi

tion

unit

supp

lied

from

the

emer

genc

y po

wer

supp

ly?

2)

Is th

e in

put p

ower

-sup

ply

volta

ge o

f eac

h co

mpo

sitio

n un

it as

the

draw

ing

for i

nsta

llatio

n? (P

CU

, OPU

, MIC

and

WPM

IC e

xclu

de.)

R

CU

D

SC1

DSC

2 D

SC3

DSC

4 N

AV

RIF

V

V

V

V

V

V

V

PC

U ,M

IV, W

PMIC

and

OPU

nee

d to

tur

n O

N t

he p

ower

sup

ply

of

RC

U.

It is

che

ck n

eedl

essn

ess.

14.

Mai

nten

ance

Che

ck L

ist

JCY-

1800

/185

0 V

DR

/S-V

DR

Inst

alla

tion

Gui

de

217

DO

C N

o. 7

ZPJD

0387

A 2.

T

he c

heck

aft

er p

ower

on

No.

C

heck

item

s C

heck

N

ame

of c

heck

per

son

Mod

ifica

tion

oper

atio

ns

Rem

ark

2.1

The

chec

k of

RC

U b

efor

e po

wer

on

RC

U is

che

cked

in th

e fo

llow

ing

proc

edur

e, b

efor

e po

wer

on

1)

Con

nect

with

the

LAN

por

t of P

C fo

r mai

nten

ance

, and

VD

R-L

AN

por

t of

RC

U b

y th

e LA

N c

able

for m

aint

enan

ce.

2)

Star

t up

PC fo

r mai

nten

ance

, and

star

t up

the

mai

nten

ance

softw

are.

3)

S

et u

p to

“19

2.16

8.11

0.20

0” IP

add

ress

of P

C fo

r mai

nten

ance

.

2.2

The

chec

k of

RC

U a

fter p

ower

on

RC

U is

che

cked

in th

e fo

llow

ing

proc

edur

e, a

fter p

ower

on

1)

Che

ck w

heth

er th

e V

DR

/S-V

DR

syst

em st

arts

up.

(REC

LED

and

CA

RD

LE

D o

n th

e in

tern

al o

pera

tion

pane

l lig

ht u

p.)

2)

Rec

eive

the

conf

igur

atio

n da

ta fr

om R

CU

on

the

SYST

EM sc

reen

of

Mai

nten

ance

softw

are.

C

heck

that

con

nect

ion

info

rmat

ion

of

VD

R/S

-VD

R sy

stem

on

the

SYST

EM sc

reen

is c

orre

ct.

3)

Star

t up

a D

iagn

ostic

func

tion

on th

e SY

STEM

scre

en.

Che

ck th

at th

e re

sult

of d

iagn

osis

is d

ispl

ayed

on

the

SYST

EM sc

reen

.

Ea

ch d

iagn

osis

lam

p is

col

ored

to R

ED, G

REE

N o

r OR

AN

GE.

4)

C

heck

the

colo

r of E

ntry

lam

p.

Whe

n th

e co

lor o

f ent

ry la

mp

is y

ello

w, se

t the

con

figur

atio

n da

ta to

no

n-in

putti

ng it

ems o

n D

etai

l scr

een.

(Shi

p’s n

ame,

IMO

num

ber,

etc.

)

If

the

life

time

of a

bat

tery

and

the

ex

piry

da

te

of

FAN

be

com

e w

ithin

one

yea

r, an

err

or j

udgi

ng

will

be

carr

ied

out i

n a

diag

nost

ic

func

tion.

2.3

The

chec

k of

PC

U a

fter p

ower

on

PCU

(RC

U) i

s che

cked

in th

e fo

llow

ing

proc

edur

e, a

fter p

ower

on

1)

Che

ck in

CB

that

pow

er-s

uppl

y vo

ltage

is le

ss th

an D

C24

V –

10%

to

+10%

. 2)

C

heck

that

dia

gnos

is la

mp

of V

DR

sect

ion

on th

e SY

STEM

scre

en o

f M

aint

enan

ce so

ftwar

e is

dis

play

ed a

s GR

EEN

.

W

hen

the

colo

r is R

ED, o

pen

the

syst

em st

atus

win

dow

of V

DR

sect

ion.

C

heck

that

the

initi

al e

rror

lam

p is

dis

play

ed a

s GR

EEN

. 3)

C

heck

that

all

diag

nosi

s lam

p of

Cap

sule

sect

ion

on th

e SY

STEM

scre

en

of M

aint

enan

ce so

ftwar

e ar

e di

spla

yed

as G

REE

N.

(The

se la

mp

indi

cate

stat

e of

com

mun

icat

ion

to th

e ca

psul

e.)

V

If

the

life

time

of a

bat

tery

of

unde

rwat

er a

cous

tic b

eaco

n un

it be

com

es w

ithin

one

yea

r, an

err

or

judg

ing

of c

apsu

le se

ctio

n w

ill b

e ca

rrie

d ou

t in

a di

agno

stic

fu

nctio

n.

14. M

aint

enan

ce C

heck

Lis

t JC

Y-18

00/1

850

VD

R/S

-VD

R In

stal

latio

n G

uide

218

DO

C N

o. 7

ZPJD

0387

A

No.

C

heck

item

s C

heck

N

ame

of c

heck

per

son

Mod

ifica

tion

oper

atio

ns

Rem

ark

2.4

The

chec

k of

OPU

afte

r pow

er o

n O

PU (R

CU

) is c

heck

ed in

the

follo

win

g pr

oced

ure,

afte

r pow

er o

n 1)

Pu

sh th

e EN

TER

switc

h on

the

pane

l of O

PU.

2)

Che

ck th

at so

ftwar

e ve

rsio

n is

dis

play

ed o

n th

e 4

digi

t LED

.

2.5

Che

ckin

g Se

nsor

dat

a

Sens

or d

ata

is c

heck

ed in

the

follo

win

g pr

oced

ure.

C

heck

the

all c

hann

els b

y sa

me

proc

edur

e.

1)

Ope

n th

e de

tail

win

dow

of S

enso

r sec

tion

on th

e SY

STEM

scre

en o

f M

aint

enan

ce so

ftwar

e. C

heck

that

reco

rdin

g da

ta is

dis

play

ed o

n w

indo

w

of re

al ti

me

mon

itor.

2)

Ente

r the

all

info

rmat

ion

of e

ach

sens

or c

onne

cted

to th

e V

DR

/S-V

DR

. 3)

C

heck

that

all

diag

nosi

s lam

p of

Sen

sor s

ectio

n on

the

SYST

EM sc

reen

of

Mai

nten

ance

softw

are

are

disp

laye

d as

GR

EEN

.

W

hen

the

colo

r of l

amp

is R

ED, I

t ch

ecks

that

dat

a is

out

putte

d fr

om

the

sens

or e

quip

men

t. W

hen

two

or m

ore

sent

ence

s are

re

gist

ered

for o

ne p

ort a

s re

cord

ing

data

, Whe

n al

l se

nten

ces s

houl

d be

rece

ived

.

2.6

Che

ckin

g R

AD

AR

imag

e da

ta (I

f RA

DA

R im

age

is a

vaila

ble)

R

AD

AR

imag

e da

ta is

che

cked

in th

e fo

llow

ing

proc

edur

e.

1)

Ope

n th

e de

tail

win

dow

of R

adar

sect

ion

on th

e SY

STEM

scre

en o

f M

aint

enan

ce so

ftwar

e. C

heck

that

Rad

ar im

ages

are

dis

play

ed o

n w

indo

w

of re

al ti

me

mon

itor e

very

15

seco

nds.

2)

Ente

r the

all

info

rmat

ion

of R

adar

uni

t con

nect

ed to

the

VD

R/S

-VD

R.

3)

En

ter t

he ju

dgm

ent (

OK

/NG

) on

the

Imag

e Q

ualit

y C

heck

win

dow.

4)

C

heck

that

all

diag

nosi

s lam

p of

Rad

ar se

ctio

n on

the

SYST

EM sc

reen

of

Mai

nten

ance

softw

are

are

disp

laye

d as

GR

EEN

.

C

heck

the

Rad

ar i

mag

e of

bot

h ch

anne

ls,

whe

n m

ain

Rad

ar u

nit

and

sub

Rad

ar u

nit a

re c

onne

cted

to

the

VD

R/S

-VD

R.

Som

e S-

VD

R i

s co

nnec

ted

to a

R

adar

uni

t.

2.7

The

chec

k of

MIC

afte

r pow

er o

n Ea

ch M

IC (R

CU

) is c

heck

ed in

the

follo

win

g pr

oced

ure,

afte

r pow

er o

n 1)

C

heck

that

dia

gnos

is la

mps

for e

ach

MIC

of M

icro

phon

e se

ctio

n on

the

SYST

EM sc

reen

of M

aint

enan

ce so

ftwar

e ar

e di

spla

yed

as G

REE

N.

(

Thes

e la

mps

are

indi

cate

d as

resu

lts o

f MIC

test

.)

W

hen

a su

rrou

ndin

g no

ise

is

larg

e, S

ince

it m

ay b

e se

t to

NG,

ca

utio

ns a

re re

quire

d.

14.

Mai

nten

ance

Che

ck L

ist

JCY-

1800

/185

0 V

DR

/S-V

DR

Inst

alla

tion

Gui

de

219

DO

C N

o. 7

ZPJD

0387

A N

o.

Che

ck it

ems

Che

ck

Nam

e of

che

ck p

erso

nM

odifi

catio

n op

erat

ions

R

emar

k 2.

8 C

heck

ing

MIC

aud

io d

ata

MIC

aud

io d

ata

is c

heck

ed in

the

follo

win

g pr

oced

ure.

1)

O

pen

the

deta

il w

indo

w o

f Mic

roph

one

sect

ion

on th

e SY

STEM

scre

en o

f M

aint

enan

ce so

ftwar

e. S

elec

t one

by

one

MIC

1-3,

MIC

4-6

and

MIC

7-9

.

Che

ck th

at e

ach

audi

o qu

ality

is g

ood.

2)

En

ter t

he in

stal

led

posi

tion

and

type

(Ind

oor t

ype/

Wat

erpr

oof t

ype)

of e

ach

mic

roph

one.

3)

En

ter t

he ju

dgm

ent (

OK

/NG

) on

the A

udio

Qua

lity

Che

ck w

indo

w.

4)

Che

ck th

at a

ll di

agno

sis l

amp

of M

icro

phon

e se

ctio

n on

the

SYST

EM

scre

en o

f Mai

nten

ance

softw

are

are

disp

laye

d as

GR

EEN

.

2.9

Che

ckin

g V

HF

audi

o da

ta

VH

F au

dio

data

is c

heck

ed in

the

follo

win

g pr

oced

ure.

1)

O

pen

the

deta

il w

indo

w o

f VH

F se

ctio

n on

the

SYST

EM sc

reen

of

Mai

nten

ance

softw

are.

Che

ck th

at V

HF

audi

o qu

ality

is g

ood.

2)

En

ter t

he a

ll in

form

atio

n of

VH

F tra

nsce

iver

con

nect

ed to

the

VD

R/S

-VD

R.

3)

En

ter t

he ju

dgm

ent (

OK

/NG

) on

the A

udio

Qua

lity

Che

ck w

indo

w.

4)

Che

ck th

at a

ll di

agno

sis l

amp

of V

HF

sect

ion

on th

e SY

STEM

scre

en o

f M

aint

enan

ce so

ftwar

e ar

e di

spla

yed

as G

REE

N.

2.10

Th

e ch

eck

of D

SC a

fter p

ower

on

(If D

SC is

ava

ilabl

e)

DSC

is c

heck

ed in

the

follo

win

g pr

oced

ure,

afte

r pow

er o

n 1)

O

pen

the

deta

il w

indo

w o

f sen

sor C

H c

onne

cted

to th

e D

SC in

Sen

sor

sect

ion

on th

e SY

STEM

scre

en o

f Mai

nten

ance

softw

are.

2)

C

hang

e th

e dr

y co

ntac

t dat

a is

con

nect

ed to

the

DSC

.

C

heck

that

sent

ence

dat

a is

dis

play

ed o

n w

indo

w o

f rea

l tim

e m

onito

r.

C

heck

that

the

cont

ent o

f rec

orde

d se

nten

ce is

sam

e as

stat

e of

dry

con

tact

da

ta.

3)

Ente

r the

all

info

rmat

ion

of D

SC c

onne

cted

to th

e V

DR

.

4)

Che

ck th

at a

ll di

agno

sis l

amp

of S

enso

r sec

tion

on th

e SY

STEM

scre

en o

f M

aint

enan

ce so

ftwar

e ar

e di

spla

yed

as G

REE

N.

LE

D

on

the

junc

tion

boar

d of

D

SC

Stat

e of

dry

con

tact

C

LOSE

: Gre

en L

ED li

ghts

up

OPE

N: G

reen

LED

ligh

ts o

ut

14. M

aint

enan

ce C

heck

Lis

t JC

Y-18

00/1

850

VD

R/S

-VD

R In

stal

latio

n G

uide

220

DO

C N

o. 7

ZPJD

0387

A

No.

C

heck

item

s C

heck

N

ame

of c

heck

per

son

Mod

ifica

tion

oper

atio

ns

Rem

ark

2.11

Th

e ch

eck

of A

CB

afte

r pow

er o

n (I

f the

AC

B is

inst

alle

d in

to D

SC)

AC

B is

che

cked

in th

e fo

llow

ing

proc

edur

e, a

fter p

ower

on

DSC

. 1)

C

heck

the

volta

ge v

alue

inpu

tted

into

eac

h in

put C

H o

f AC

B w

ith th

e te

ster

. 2)

C

heck

the

full-

rang

e of

eac

h in

put C

H o

f AC

B in

the

draw

ing

for

in

stal

latio

n.

3)

Che

ck th

at se

tting

pos

ition

of s

trap

is c

orre

ct a

s spe

cific

atio

n of

inpu

tting

an

alog

dat

a. (e

nabl

e/di

sabl

e, v

olta

ge/c

urre

nt, r

ange

) 4)

O

pen

the

deta

il w

indo

w o

f sen

sor C

H c

onne

cted

to th

e D

SC in

Sen

sor

sect

ion

on th

e SY

STEM

scre

en o

f Mai

nten

ance

softw

are.

5)

C

heck

that

sent

ence

dat

a is

dis

play

ed o

n w

indo

w o

f rea

l tim

e m

onito

r. C

heck

that

% v

alue

to a

full-

rang

e is

out

putte

d. O

utpu

t sen

tenc

es a

re a

s fo

llow

s.

$VR

XD

R,G

,+50

,0,,G

,+10

,1,,G

,+5,

2,,G

,+68

,3*h

h<cr

><lf>

CH

1

CH

2

CH

3

CH

4 $V

RX

DR

,G,+

90,4

,,G,+

40,5

,,G,+

25,6

,,G,+

78,7

*hh<

cr><

lf>

C

H5

C

H6

C

H7

C

H8

6)

Car

ry o

ut v

aria

ble

of th

e ou

tput

sign

al o

f the

sens

or th

at is

con

nect

ed to

ea

ch in

put C

H. I

t che

cks t

hat t

he in

put s

igna

l to

AC

B c

hang

es

sync

hron

izin

g w

ith it

. 7)

Ente

r the

all

info

rmat

ion

of e

quip

men

t out

putte

d A

nalo

g da

ta c

onne

cted

to th

e A

CB

in D

SC.

8)

Ent

er th

e co

effic

ient

of a

line

ar e

quat

ion

for c

onve

rting

from

per

cent

val

ue to

re

al v

alue

. 9)

Che

ck th

at a

ll di

agno

sis l

amp

of S

enso

r sec

tion

on th

e SY

STEM

scre

en o

f M

aint

enan

ce so

ftwar

e ar

e di

spla

yed

as G

REE

N.

Ex

1: In

the

case

of -

10V

to +

10V

ra

nge:

+8

V =

+80

%

Ex2:

In th

e ca

se o

f -20

mA

to

+20m

A ra

nge:

50

-ohm

resi

stan

ce is

add

ed.

4mA

= +

20%

(0.2

V)

10m

A =

+50

% (0

.5V

) Th

e co

nver

sion

equ

atio

n is

not

of

fset

val

ue a

nd g

ain

valu

e of

an

equa

tion

of 1

st.

14.

Mai

nten

ance

Che

ck L

ist

JCY-

1800

/185

0 V

DR

/S-V

DR

Inst

alla

tion

Gui

de

221

DO

C N

o. 7

ZPJD

0387

A N

o.

Che

ck it

ems

Che

ck

Nam

e of

che

ck p

erso

nM

odifi

catio

n op

erat

ions

R

emar

k 2.

12

The

chec

k of

NAV

afte

r pow

er o

n (I

f NAV

is a

vaila

ble)

N

AV is

che

cked

in th

e fo

llow

ing

proc

edur

e, a

fter p

ower

on

1)

Ope

n th

e de

tail

win

dow

of s

enso

r CH

con

nect

ed to

the

NAV

in S

enso

r se

ctio

n on

the

SYST

EM sc

reen

of M

aint

enan

ce so

ftwar

e.

2)

Set t

he p

aram

eter

(rat

io, d

irect

ion)

for r

ecei

ving

sign

al.

3)

Ente

r the

initi

al v

alue

for r

udde

r ang

le.

4)

Che

ck th

at se

nten

ce d

ata

is d

ispl

ayed

on

win

dow

of r

eal t

ime

mon

itor.

C

heck

that

the

valu

e of

eac

h ite

m o

f the

follo

win

g se

nten

ces a

nd th

e va

lue

curr

ently

out

putte

d fr

om th

e se

nsor

are

in a

gree

men

t. $A

NA

DAT

A,-1

2.5,

123,

10.3

,----

----

----

-

R

udde

r ang

le, w

ind

dire

ctio

n, w

ind

spee

d 5)

En

ter t

he a

ll in

form

atio

n of

NAV

con

nect

ed to

the

VD

R.

6)

C

heck

that

all

diag

nosi

s lam

p of

Sen

sor s

ectio

n on

the

SYST

EM sc

reen

of

Mai

nten

ance

softw

are

are

disp

laye

d as

GR

EEN

.

O

nly

whe

n N

AV i

s co

ntai

ned

in

com

posi

tion

Rud

der a

ngle

+ m

eans

PO

RT si

de,

Rud

der a

ngle

– m

eans

STB

D si

de.

The

units

of

ru

dder

an

gle

and

win

d di

rect

ion

are

degr

ee.

The

unit

of w

ind

spee

d is

m/s

.

2.13

Th

e ch

eck

of N

SK (H

eadi

ng) a

fter p

ower

on

(If N

SK is

ava

ilabl

e)

NSK

are

che

cked

in th

e fo

llow

ing

proc

edur

e, a

fter p

ower

on

RC

U

1)

Con

firm

a H

eadi

ng a

larm

whi

ch in

dica

tes a

n in

itial

val

ue o

f Hea

ding

not

en

tere

d.

2)

Ope

n th

e de

tail

win

dow

of s

enso

r CH

33

in S

enso

r sec

tion

on th

e SY

STEM

scre

en o

f Mai

nten

ance

softw

are.

3)

Se

t the

par

amet

er (r

atio

, dire

ctio

n) fo

r rec

eivi

ng si

gnal

. 4)

En

ter t

he in

itial

val

ue fo

r hea

ding

. 5)

C

heck

that

sent

ence

dat

a is

dis

play

ed o

n w

indo

w o

f rea

l tim

e m

onito

r.

C

heck

that

the

valu

e of

hea

ding

in th

e re

cord

ing

sent

ence

s an

d th

e va

lue

curr

ently

out

putte

d fr

om th

e G

yro

are

in a

gree

men

t.

6)

Ente

r the

all

info

rmat

ion

of G

yro

conn

ecte

d to

the

NSK

in R

CU

.

7)

Che

ck th

at a

ll di

agno

sis l

amp

of S

enso

r sec

tion

on th

e SY

STEM

scre

en o

f M

aint

enan

ce so

ftwar

e ar

e di

spla

yed

as G

REE

N.

O

nly

whe

n N

SK i

s co

nnec

ted

to

Gyr

o.

14. M

aint

enan

ce C

heck

Lis

t JC

Y-18

00/1

850

VD

R/S

-VD

R In

stal

latio

n G

uide

222

DO

C N

o. 7

ZPJD

0387

A

No.

C

heck

item

s C

heck

N

ame

of c

heck

per

son

Mod

ifica

tion

oper

atio

ns

Rem

ark

2.14

Th

e ch

eck

of N

SK (S

hip

spee

d) a

fter p

ower

on

(If N

SK is

ava

ilabl

e)

NSK

are

che

cked

in th

e fo

llow

ing

proc

edur

e, a

fter p

ower

on

RC

U

1)

Ope

n th

e de

tail

win

dow

of s

enso

r CH

34

in S

enso

r sec

tion

on th

e SY

STEM

scre

en o

f Mai

nten

ance

softw

are.

2)

Se

t the

pul

se n

umbe

r f

or re

ceiv

ing

sign

al.

3)

Che

ck th

at se

nten

ce d

ata

is d

ispl

ayed

on

win

dow

of r

eal t

ime

mon

itor.

Che

ck t

hat

the

valu

e of

spe

ed i

n th

e re

cord

ing

sent

ence

s an

d th

e va

lue

curr

ently

out

putte

d fr

om th

e Sp

eed

Log

are

in a

gree

men

t.

4)

Ente

r the

all

info

rmat

ion

of S

peed

log

conn

ecte

d to

the

NSK

in R

CU

.

5)

Che

ck th

at a

ll di

agno

sis l

amp

of S

enso

r sec

tion

on th

e SY

STEM

scre

en o

f M

aint

enan

ce so

ftwar

e ar

e di

spla

yed

as G

REE

N.

O

nly

whe

n N

SK i

s co

nnec

ted

to

Spee

d Lo

g

14.

Mai

nten

ance

Che

ck L

ist

JCY-

1800

/185

0 V

DR

/S-V

DR

Inst

alla

tion

Gui

de

223

DO

C N

o. 7

ZPJD

0387

A 3.

The

tota

l che

ck a

fter

pow

er o

n N

o.

Che

ck it

ems

Che

ck

Nam

e of

che

ck p

erso

nM

odifi

catio

n op

erat

ions

R

emar

k 3.

1 C

heck

ing

reco

rd d

ata

of C

F C

AR

D

Dat

a of

reco

rdin

g to

CF

CA

RD

are

che

cked

in th

e fo

llow

ing

proc

edur

e.

1)

Pres

s the

CA

RD

Sto

p sw

itch

on th

e in

tern

al o

pera

tion

pane

l of R

CU

. 2)

A

fter C

AR

D la

mp

is o

ff. E

ject

CF

CA

RD

and

pre

ss th

e C

AR

D E

ject

bu

tton.

3)

Se

t the

CF

card

to a

dapt

or a

ppen

ded

to th

e R

CU

. 4)

In

sert

CF

card

into

the

PCM

CIA

slot

of m

aint

enan

ce P

C.

St

art u

p th

e Pl

ayba

ck so

ftwar

e in

Mai

nten

ance

softw

are.

C

opy

to H

DD

from

CF

CA

RD

by

the

Play

back

softw

are.

5)

Ej

ect C

F C

AR

D a

fter i

t is e

nabl

e to

eje

ct fr

om P

CM

CIA

slot

of

mai

nten

ance

PC

. Ins

ert t

he C

F ca

rd w

ithou

t ada

ptor

to C

AR

D sl

ot o

f R

CU

. 6)

C

heck

the

CA

RD

lam

p on

the

inte

rnal

ope

ratio

n pa

nel o

f RC

U li

ght u

p.

7)

Che

ck th

at re

cord

dat

a is

reco

rded

nor

mal

ly b

y th

e Pl

ayba

ck so

ftwar

e.

3.2

Che

ckin

g re

cord

dat

a of

PC

U

Dat

a of

reco

rdin

g to

PC

U a

re c

heck

ed in

the

follo

win

g pr

oced

ure.

1)

C

lick

the

REC

stop

but

ton

on th

e in

tern

al o

pera

tion

pane

l of R

CU

. 2)

C

heck

that

the

REC

OR

D L

ED p

uts o

ut th

e lig

ht.

3)

Dow

nloa

d a

reco

rd d

ata

from

the

Cap

sule

by

the

Play

back

sof

twar

e in

M

aint

enan

ce so

ftwar

e. S

et th

e ba

ckup

dat

a si

ze a

s 5%

. 4)

C

heck

that

reco

rd d

ata

is re

cord

ed n

orm

ally

.

3.3

Che

ckin

g B

lack

out d

etec

tion

Bla

ckou

t det

ectio

n fu

nctio

n is

che

cked

in th

e fo

llow

ing

proc

edur

e.

1)

Push

the

Bla

ckou

t Tes

t sw

itch

on th

e Po

wer

Sup

ply

Uni

t of R

CU

for 3

se

cond

s.

2)

Con

firm

that

BAT

TERY

OP.

LED

on

the

Pow

er S

uppl

y U

nit o

f RC

U

light

s up.

3)

C

onfir

m th

at P

ower

LED

is b

linki

ng a

nd b

lack

out a

larm

(err

or c

ode:

10

__) i

s ind

icat

ed o

n th

e O

PU.

14. M

aint

enan

ce C

heck

Lis

t JC

Y-18

00/1

850

VD

R/S

-VD

R In

stal

latio

n G

uide

224

DO

C N

o. 7

ZPJD

0387

A

4. T

he fi

nal c

heck

N

o.

Che

ck it

ems

Che

ck

Nam

e of

che

ck p

erso

nM

odifi

catio

n op

erat

ions

R

emar

k 4.

1 Fi

nal C

heck

1)

R

eboo

t the

RC

U.

2)

Ope

n th

e SY

STEM

scre

en o

f Mai

nten

ance

softw

are

and

star

t the

di

agno

stic

func

tion.

3)

C

heck

that

the

all D

iagn

osis

and

Ent

ry la

mp

are

disp

laye

d as

GR

EEN

.

4.2

Bac

k up

the

Inst

alla

tion

resu

lt re

port

Bac

kup

the

repo

rt da

ta in

the

follo

win

g pr

oced

ure

and

trans

mit

it to

JRC

. 1)

C

lick

the

[Rep

ort]

butto

n.

Fold

er n

amed

VD

R re

port

is sa

ved

auto

mat

ical

ly o

n th

e de

skto

p of

mai

nten

ance

PC

by

the

Mai

nten

ance

softw

are.

2)

C

ompr

ess t

he V

DR

repo

rt fo

lder

with

all

files

in th

is fo

lder

. 3)

U

ploa

d th

ose

files

to th

e “S

hip

list”

on

the

Mar

ine

serv

ice

WEB

.

4.3

A c

heck

of s

pare

par

ts

Spar

e pa

rts a

re c

heck

ed.

1)

Che

ck th

at a

ll sp

are

parts

are

com

plet

e.

4.4

Not

es a

t the

tim

e of

the

hand

ling

expl

anat

ion

to a

Cap

tain

F

ollo

win

g ite

ms i

s exp

lain

d to

a C

apta

in

1)

Whe

n an

acc

iden

t occ

urs,

stor

e th

e re

cord

dat

a in

the

caps

ule.

2)

W

hen

the

Echo

Sou

nder

, Sp

eed

Log

and

Aut

opilo

t is

pow

er o

ff, V

DR

ge

nera

te se

nsor

dat

a er

ror,

but t

his o

pera

tion

is n

orm

al, V

DR

is n

ot fa

ilure

.3)

W

hen

NSK

I/F

Uni

t is

conn

ecte

d to

Gyr

o, a

hea

ding

set

ting

alar

m o

ccur

s at

the

time

of V

DR

rebo

ot. T

his o

pera

tion

is n

orm

al V

DR

is n

ot fa

ilure

. 4)

D

on’t

use

the

Play

back

Sof

twar

e fo

r mar

ine

acci

dent

inve

stig

ator

.

15. Annual InspectionJCY-1800/1850 VDR/S-VDR Installation Guide


15. ANNUAL INSPECTION

15.1. Declaration on completion of annual inspection for VDR

DECLARATION ON COMPLETION OF ANNUAL INSPECTION

FOR VDR PERFORMANCE TEST

To Date:

Vessel :

(Name)

IMO Number :

1. This is to certify that the annual inspection for the VDR on board the captioned vessel have been completed satisfactorily as follows.

1) Date of Completion of Inspection:

2) Place of Inspection:

3) Name/Model of VDR:

4) Serial Number:

5) Manufacturer:

6) Certificate Number of Type approval:

2. The items of performance test have been examined and recorded in accordance with the requirements of SOLAS V/18.8 and found to be in compliance with the IMO Resolution A.861(20) .

□ Annual Inspection Check □ Ship’s Information up-date

□ General Condition □ Verification of the VDR Functions

□ Verification of Input Data and Data Stored in the Capsule

(□ Tick as appropriate)

Inspection Company:

Signature of Inspector:

(Name: )

15. Annual Inspection JCY-1800/1850 VDR/S-VDR Installation Guide


15.2. Declaration on completion of annual inspection for S-VDR

DECLARATION ON COMPLETION OF ANNUAL INSPECTION

FOR S-VDR PERFORMANCE TEST

To Date:

Vessel :

(Name)

IMO Number :

3. This is to certify that the annual inspection for the S-VDR on board the captioned vessel has been completed satisfactorily as follows.

1) Date of Completion of Inspection:

2) Place of Inspection:

3) Name/Model of S-VDR:

4) Serial Number:

5) Manufacturer:

6) Certificate Number of Type approval:

4. The items of performance test have been examined and recorded in accordance with the requirements of SOLAS V/18.8 and found to be in compliance with the IMO Resolution MSC.163(78) .

□ Annual Inspection Check □ Ship’s Information up-date

□ General Condition □ Verification of the S-VDR Functions

□ Verification of Input Data and Data Stored in the Capsule

(□ Tick as appropriate)

Inspection Company:

Signature of Inspector:

(Name: )



15.3. Annual Inspection Procedures

A. Information of Ship and VDR Information of ship and VDR are checked at first.

No. Procedure 1 Check the Ship name, IMO number and ship type. 2 Check the VDR type, serial number, manufactured date, installed date and type approval number.

B. General Inspection

1. Installation condition of component units

No. Procedure & Specification 1 Check the installation condition of each component unit. 2 Check the connection condition of external wiring. 3 Check the installation condition of each cable. 4 Make sure that the label and nameplate of each component unit are correctly fitted.

1.1 Installation condition of the Capsule

No. Procedure & Specification 1 Check the condition of the capsule circumference. 2 Check that no damage or corrosion on the release lever is found. 3 Check that no submergence inside the connection box for the capsule is found. 4 Check the visibility of marking and retro-reflective materials shall be clear. 5 Check that no fading of the seal or the painting color of fluorescent orange is found. 6 Check that no damage or corrosion on the water switch pin of the underwater acoustic beacon is

found. 7

Check that the validity term of the battery of the underwater acoustic beacon is left

more than one year.

8 Connect the digital tester to the water switch pin of the underwater acoustic beacon. Check if the battery voltage of the underwater beacon is DC2.97V or more. If you use an analog tester, the voltage of the beacon may be measured lower than the necessary value although the actual voltage is normal.

1.2 Installation condition of the Recording Control Unit

No. Procedure & Specification 1 Check that the validity term of the UPS battery is left more than one year. 2 Check the input voltage. 3 Check the output voltage. 4 Check the output voltage for the capsule.

1.3 Installation condition of the other component units

No. Procedure & Specification



1 Check the input voltage.



2. Functional inspection

No. Procedure & Specification 1 Make sure that on cutting off the power supply from ship’s main, VDR power management shall shift

to battery backup mode, which is to supply power source from built-in batteries. 2 Make sure that on cutting off the power supply from ship’s main, audible and visible alarms shall

occur. (Audible alarm shall terminate after 2 minutes.) 3 Check that no sensor error occurs when all sensors are in normal condition. 4 Check that no microphone error occurs. 5 Check that no video board (Frame Grabber Board) error occurs. 6 Check that no capsule error occurs. 7 Check that no initial error occurs. 8 Check that no BER error occurs. 9 Check that no power supply error occurs. 10 Check that no other errors occur. 11 Make sure that pressing the “RECORD STOP” button shall terminate data recording on the capsule. 12 Make sure that pressing the “RECORD RESTART” button shall restart data recording on the capsule. 13 Make sure that pressing the “ALARM ACK” button shall terminate an alarm buzzer.

3. Validity and verification of recording data / Serviceability check of sensors and devices

Verify the recording data acquired from sensors/devices is conformable to the connected equipment and interface condition that are described in final drawing (last plan). In addition, check serviceability and accuracy of sensors and/or devices connected to VDR system.

3.1 Configuration data

No. Procedure & Specification 1 Check the recording of the ship name and IMO number by the maintenance software. 2 Check the recording of the type approval country and the certificate number by the maintenance

software. 3

Check the recording of the software version number by the maintenance software.

4 Check the recording of the registrants of the initial configuration data and the amendment configuration data by the maintenance software.

5 Check the recording of the registration dates of the initial configuration data and the amendment configuration data by the maintenance software.



3.2 Sensor data

No. Procedure & Specification 1 Date and time data shall be acquired and recorded. Check that the data is accurately acquired. Check

the output equipment and connection interface condition. 2 Ship’s position data shall be acquired and recorded. Check that the data is accurately acquired. Check

the output equipment and connection interface condition. 3 Ship speed data (either over-the-ground or through-water) shall be acquired and recorded. Check that

the data is accurately acquired. Check the output equipment and connection interface condition. 4 Ship’s heading data shall be acquired and recorded. Check that the data is accurately acquired. Check

the output equipment and connection interface condition. 5 Water depth data from echo sounder shall be acquired and recorded. Check that the data is accurately

acquired. Check the output equipment and connection interface condition. 6 Rudder order data shall be acquired and recorded. Check that the data is accurately acquired. Check

the output equipment and connection interface condition. 7 Actual rudder angle (rudder response) data shall be acquired and recorded. Check that the data is

accurately acquired. Check the output equipment and connection interface condition. 8 Engine order data shall be acquired and recorded. Check that the data is accurately acquired. Check

the output equipment and connection interface condition. 9 Engine order response data shall be acquired and recorded. Check that the data is accurately acquired.

Check the output equipment and connection interface condition. 10 Hull door status data shall be acquired and recorded. Check that the data is accurately acquired. Check

the output equipment and connection interface condition. [* In case of the RO-RO passenger ship that is obliged to indicate to the bridge.

11 Watertight door status data shall be acquired and recorded. Check that the data is accurately acquired. Check the output equipment and connection interface condition. [* In case of the ship that is obliged to indicate to the bridge.]

12 Fire door status data shall be acquired and recorded. Check that the data is accurately acquired. Check the output equipment and connection interface condition. [* In case of the ship that is obliged to indicate to the bridge.]

13 Hull stress monitoring data shall be acquired and recorded. Check that the data is accurately acquired. Check the output equipment and connection interface condition. [* In case of the ship that is obliged to install by IMO regulation.]

14 Wind direction and speed data shall be acquired and recorded. Check that the data is accurately acquired. Check the output equipment and connection interface condition. [* If fitted with wind direction and speed meter (anemometer).]

3.3 Bridge Audio data

No. Procedure & Specification 1 Audio signals at microphones placed in bridge shall be recorded continuously. And audio signals are

played back. Check the installation positions of the microphones. And check number of the installed microphone.

3.4 Communication Audio data

No. Procedure & Specification 1 Audio signals from VHF radiotelephone connected to VDR system shall be recorded continuously.

And VHF audio signals are played back. Check the output equipment. And check number of the connected VHF radiotelephones.

3.5 RADAR Video data

No. Procedure & Specification 1 Video signals from selected RADAR/ARPA equipment connected with VDR system shall be recorded

every 15 seconds. And video signals are played back. Check the output equipment.



3.6 Main Alarm data

No. Procedure & Specification - Main alarm data on the bridge shall be acquired and recorded. Check that the data is accurately

acquired. 1 Main and auxiliary steering gear power unit alarm data shall be acquired and recorded. Check that the

data is accurately acquired. Check the output equipment and connection interface condition. 2 Main and auxiliary steering gear control system alarm data shall be acquired and recorded. Check that

the data is accurately acquired. Check the output equipment and connection interface condition. 3 Steering gear, low hydraulic fluid level alarm data shall be acquired and recorded. Check that the data

is accurately acquired. Check the output equipment and connection interface condition. 4 Propulsion machinery remote control system failure data shall be acquired and recorded. Check that

the data is accurately acquired. Check the output equipment and connection interface condition. 5 Propulsion machinery low starting air pressure alarm data shall be acquired and recorded. Check that

the data is accurately acquired. Check the output equipment and connection interface condition. 6 Automatic shutdown of propulsion machinery alarm data shall be acquired and recorded. Check that

the data is accurately acquired. Check the output equipment and connection interface condition. 7 Fault requiring action by or attention of the OOW data shall be acquired and recorded. Check that the

data is accurately acquired. Check the output equipment and connection interface condition. 8 Alarm system normal power supply failure data shall be acquired and recorded. Check that the data is

accurately acquired. Check the output equipment and connection interface condition. 9 *b

Watertight door low hydraulic fluid level alarm data shall be acquired and recorded. Check that the data is accurately acquired. Check the output equipment and connection interface condition.

10 *b

Watertight door low gas pressure, loss of stored energy alarm data shall be acquired and recorded. Check that the data is accurately acquired. Check the output equipment and connection interface condition.

11 *b

Watertight door electrical power loss alarm data shall be acquired and recorded. Check that the data is accurately acquired. Check the output equipment and connection interface condition.

12 *b

High water alarm data shall be acquired and recorded. Check that the data is accurately acquired. Check the output equipment and connection interface condition.

13 *b

Shell door position indicator alarm data shall be acquired and recorded. Check that the data is accurately acquired. Check the output equipment and connection interface condition.

14 *b

Water leakage detection indicator alarm data shall be acquired and recorded. Check that the data is accurately acquired. Check the output equipment and connection interface condition.

15 *c

Local automatic halon release alarm data shall be acquired and recorded. Check that the data is accurately acquired. Check the output equipment and connection interface condition.

16 Fire detection in automated or remotely controlled machinery space alarm data shall be acquired and recorded. Check that the data is accurately acquired. Check the output equipment and connection interface condition.

17 Fire detection or automatic sprinkler operation alarm data shall be acquired and recorded. Check that the data is accurately acquired. Check the output equipment and connection interface condition.

18 *b

Smoke detection system power loss alarm data shall be acquired and recorded. Check that the data is accurately acquired. Check the output equipment and connection interface condition.

19 *b*c

Smoke detection system alarm data shall be acquired and recorded. Check that the data is accurately acquired. Check the output equipment and connection interface condition.

20 *c

Halon system loss of container alarm data shall be acquired and recorded. Check that the data is accurately acquired. Check the output equipment and connection interface condition.

21 *c

Halon system electric circuit fault or power loss alarm data shall be acquired and recorded. Check that the data is accurately acquired. Check the output equipment and connection interface condition.

22 *c

Halon system-hydraulic or pneumatic pressure loss alarm data shall be acquired and recorded. Check that the data is accurately acquired. Check the output equipment and connection interface condition.

23 Personnel alarm data shall be acquired and recorded. Check that the data is accurately acquired. Check the output equipment and connection interface condition.

*a These tables do not include the alarms separately identified for specialist vessels such as gas carriers, fishing vessels,

nuclear ships, high-speed craft or mobile offshore drilling units. *b Applicable to vessels constructed on or after February 1992. *c These alarms may be omitted if they are provided at the central fire control station.

INSP

ECTI

ON

CH

EC L

IST

FOR

VD

R/S

-VD

R

1 G

ener

al d

escr

iptio

ns o

f the

equ

ipm

ent

Ship

’s n

ame

Te

st d

ate

y.

m.

d

. Ty

pe

Se

rial n

umbe

r

Type

app

rova

l num

ber

Man

ufac

ture

r

Man

ufac

ture

d da

te

y.

m

. In

stal

led

date

y.

m

. 2

Gen

eral

che

ck it

ems

Suita

bilit

y of

com

pone

nts

G. /

NG.

C

ondi

tion

of in

stal

latio

n

G. /

N.G

. C

ondi

tion

of in

dica

tion

lam

ps a

nd

equi

pmen

t

G. /

N.G

. C

ondi

tion

of c

onne

ctor

s and

gr

ound

s

G. /

N.G

. C

ondi

tion

of la

bels

and

m

arki

ngs

G. /

N.G

. C

ondi

tion

of w

iring

G. /

N.G

.

Con

ditio

n of

op

erat

ion

knob

s an

d sw

itche

s

G. /

N.G

.

Surr

ound

ings

con

ditio

n of

th

e pr

otec

tive

caps

ule

G. /

N.G

. C

ondi

tion

of

the

rele

ase

mec

hani

sm

for

the

prot

ectiv

e ca

psul

e

G.

/ N

.G.

Vis

ual c

heck

for i

nteg

rity

and

wat

er

tight

ness

of t

he p

rote

ctiv

e ca

psul

e

G.

/ N

.G.

Volta

ge o

f mai

n po

wer

so

urce

Ｖ

G. /

N.G

. Po

wer

sour

ce

Volta

ge o

f em

erge

ncy

pow

er so

urce

Ｖ

G. /

N.G

.

Cha

nge

over

fr

om

mai

n po

wer

so

urce

to e

mer

genc

y po

wer

sour

ce

G.

/ N

.G.

Ded

icat

ed re

serv

e po

wer

so

urce

Vo

ltage

of r

eser

ve p

ower

so

urce

Ｖ

G. /

N.G

. D

ate

of E

xpiry

D

ate:

(N

ote:

Ren

ewed

/ N

o re

new

ed)

Con

firm

atio

n of

ope

ratin

g fu

nctio

n

G. /

N.G

. R

ecor

ding

co

ntro

l un

it an

d da

ta a

cqui

sitio

n un

it A

ctiv

atio

n of

mut

able

aud

ible

ala

rm a

nd p

ersi

sten

t vis

ual

indi

catio

n

G. /

N.G

.

Mea

n of

pro

tect

ion

agai

nst t

ampe

ring

the

data

G.

/ N

.G.

Ope

ratio

n of

the

beac

on

G.

/ N

.G.

Aco

ustic

un

derw

ater

be

acon

fit

ted

the

prot

ectiv

e ca

psul

e B

atte

ry fo

r the

bea

con

Dat

e of

Exp

iry

Dat

e:

(

Not

e:

Ren

ewed

/ N

o re

new

ed)

3 Fu

nctio

n ch

eck

item

s C

onfir

mat

ion

item

s Su

bjec

t of c

onfir

mat

ion

Judg

men

t 1

Type

app

rove

d au

thor

ity a

nd re

fere

nce

G. /

N.G

. 2

IMO

ves

sel i

dent

ifica

tion

num

ber

G. /

N.G

. 3

Softw

are

vers

ion(

s) u

sed

G. /

N.G

4

Mic

roph

one

loca

tions

and

reco

rdin

g po

rt al

loca

tion

G. /

N.G

. 5

VH

F co

mm

unic

atio

ns to

be

reco

rded

G.

/ N

.G.

6 D

ate

and

time

– fr

om w

hich

sour

ce o

btai

n G.

/ N

.G.

7 Sh

ip’s

pos

ition

– fr

om w

hich

EPF

S ob

tain

and

rela

tive

posi

tion

of a

nten

na o

f EPF

S on

ves

sel

G. /

N.G

. 8

Oth

er d

ata

inpu

ts -

iden

tific

atio

n of

whi

ch e

quip

men

t is s

uppl

ying

reco

rded

dat

a; si

gn c

onve

ntio

ns a

nd id

entit

y of

All

alar

m/d

oor i

nput

s G.

/ N

.G.

Syst

em c

onfig

urat

ion

info

rmat

ion

and

data

sour

ce

iden

tity

to b

e re

cord

ed in

th

e fin

al re

cord

ing

med

ium

9 A

utom

atic

Inse

rtion

dat

e an

d tim

e of

last

am

endm

ent

G. /

N.G

. 1

Rec

orde

d da

ta th

at w

as re

tain

for 1

2 h

G. /

N.G

. 2

Co-

rela

tion

in d

ate

and

time

of a

ll da

ta it

ems

G. /

N.G

. 3

Rec

ordi

ng in

terv

al o

f all

data

item

s G.

/ N

.G.

4 C

ontin

uity

of s

eque

ntia

l rec

ords

G.

/ N

.G.

5 A

ccur

acy

of re

cord

ed d

ata （

if ac

cura

cy is

pre

scrib

ed）

G.

/ N

.G.

6 R

ecor

ding

inte

grity

(d

etai

ls to

be

chec

ked

by A

nnex

es A

and

B)

6.1

Rec

orde

d da

ta (e

xcep

t the

ala

rm d

ata

on th

e br

idge

) A

pply

ann

ex A

Ope

ratio

nal d

ata

item

s to

be

reco

rded

in th

e fin

al

reco

rdin

g m

ediu

m

6.2

Ala

rm d

ata

on th

e br

idge

A

pply

ann

ex B

4

Fina

l che

ck it

ems

Self

chec

k fu

nctio

n

G. /

N.G

. Th

e co

nfirm

atio

n of

the

prot

ectio

n su

ch a

s the

co

ver

to p

reve

nt a

n el

ectri

c sh

ock

G. /

N.G

. Th

e co

nfirm

atio

n of

the

synt

hetic

ope

ratio

n af

ter m

aint

enan

ce is

fini

shed

G. /

N.G

.

5 N

ote

(des

crib

e if

repa

ir an

d /o

r rep

lace

men

t is

done

)

Ann

ex A

:

R

ecor

ded

data

(exc

ept t

he a

larm

dat

a on

the

brid

ge)

Te

st d

ate

* S-

VD

R:

The

sens

or d

ata

mar

ked

“*”

shou

ld b

e re

cord

ed w

hen

the

data

inte

rfac

e is

IEC

-611

62 st

anda

rd.

Whe

n ra

dar i

mag

es c

anno

t be

reco

rded

, the

out

put d

ata

of A

IS m

ust b

e re

cord

ed a

s an

alte

rnat

ive.

Dat

a ite

ms

Dat

e an

d tim

e of

co

nfirm

atio

n In

dica

tor d

ata

or o

ther

dat

a on

th

e br

idge

R

ecor

ded

data

Ju

dgm

ent

Not

es

1 D

ate

and

time

G.

/ N

.G.

2

Ship

’s p

ositi

on

G.

/ N

.G.

3

Spee

d

G.

/ N

.G.

4

Hea

ding

G. /

N.G

.

5 B

ridge

aud

io

G.

/ N

.G.

6

Com

mun

icat

ions

aud

io

G.

/ N

.G.

7

Rad

ar d

ata

– po

st-d

ispl

ay s

elec

tion

G.

/ N

.G.

In c

ase

of S

-VD

R

Con

nect

ion

is u

nnec

essa

ry w

hen

the

rada

r do

es

not h

ave

RG

B si

gnal

s por

t

(If

rada

r im

ages

can

not

be r

ecor

ded)

A

IS

G.

/ N

.G.

In c

ase

of S

-VD

R

It is

not

nec

essa

ry w

hen

rada

r im

ages

can

be

reco

rded

. 8

Dep

th b

y ec

ho so

unde

r

G. /

N.G

. *

9-1

Rud

der o

rder

and

resp

onse

G. /

N.G

. *

9-2

Engi

ne o

rder

and

resp

onse

G. /

N.G

. *

10 H

ull o

peni

ngs (

door

s) st

atus

G. /

N.G

. *

11-1

Wat

ertig

ht d

oor s

tatu

s

G. /

N.G

. *

11-2

Fire

doo

r sta

tus

G.

/ N

.G.

* (

If se

nsor

is p

rovi

ded)

12

-1 H

ull s

tress

es

G.

/ N

.G.

*

12-2

Acc

eler

atio

ns

G.

/ N

.G.

* (I

f sen

sor i

s pro

vide

d)

13-1

Win

d sp

eed

G. /

N.G

. *

13-2

Win

d di

rect

ion

G.

/ N

.G.

*

A

nnex

B:

Ala

rm d

ata

on th

e br

idge

*a

Test

dat

e (S

-VD

R: C

onne

ctio

n is

unn

eces

sary

whe

n th

e se

nsor

doe

s not

hav

e IE

C61

162-

1 si

gnal

por

t.）

Dat

a ite

ms

Dat

e an

d tim

e of

co

nfirm

atio

n A

larm

on

the

brid

ge

Rec

orde

d al

arm

da

ta

Judg

men

t N

otes

1 M

ain

and

auxi

liary

stee

ring

gear

pow

er

units

Audible

+Visual

Audible

+Visual

G. /

N.G

. Fa

ilure

of p

ower

to st

eerin

g ge

ar p

ower

uni

t, op

erat

ion

of d

evic

es fo

r sh

ort c

ircui

t pro

tect

ion,

ove

rload

, los

s of p

hase

in th

ree-

phas

e sy

stem

2 M

ain

and

auxi

liary

stee

ring

gear

con

trol

syst

em

Audible

+Visual

Audible

+Visual

G. /

N.G

. Fa

ilure

of p

ower

to c

ontro

l sys

tem

3 St

eerin

g ge

ar, l

ow h

ydra

ulic

flui

d le

vel

Audible

+Visual

Audible

+Visual

G. /

N.G

. Lo

w le

vel o

f flu

id in

hyd

raul

ic fl

uid

rese

rvoi

r

4 Pr

opul

sion

mac

hine

ry r

emot

e

cont

rolle

r sy

stem

fai

lure

Audible

+Visual

Audible

+Visual

G. /

N.G

. Fo

r ves

sels

with

brid

ge c

ontro

l of p

ropu

lsio

n m

achi

nery

and

man

ned

engi

ne ro

om; f

ailu

re o

f rem

ote

cont

rol o

f pro

puls

ion

mac

hine

ry

5 Pr

opul

sion

mac

hine

ry lo

w st

artin

g ai

r pr

essu

re

Audible

+Visual

Audible

+Visual

G. /

N.G

. Ve

ssel

s ite

m 4

. Low

star

t air

pres

sure

but

furth

er st

artin

g of

pr

opul

sion

mac

hine

ry p

ossi

ble

6 A

utom

atic

shu

t-dow

n of

pro

puls

ion

mac

hine

ry

G

. / N

.G.

Vess

els w

ith p

erio

dica

lly u

natte

nded

mac

hine

ry sp

aces

. Shu

t-dow

n of

pr

opul

sion

and

oth

er m

achi

nery

due

to se

rious

mal

func

tion

7 Fa

ult r

equi

ring

actio

n by

or a

ttent

ion

of th

e O

OW

Audible

+Visual

Audible

+Visual

G. /

N.G

. Ve

ssel

s ite

m 6

.

8 A

larm

sys

tem

nor

mal

pow

er s

uppl

y f

ailu

re

Audible

+Visual

Audible

+Visual

G. /

N.G

. Ve

ssel

s ite

m 6

. Fai

lure

of n

orm

al p

ower

supp

ly to

ala

rm p

lant

9 W

ater

tight

doo

r low

hyd

raul

ic fl

uid

leve

l *b

Audible

+Visual

Audible

+Visual

G. /

N.G

. Pa

ssen

ger s

hips

con

stru

cted

on

or a

fter 1

Feb

ruar

y 19

92 w

ith

hydr

aulic

pow

er o

pera

ted

slid

ing

wat

ertig

ht d

oors

. Low

leve

l of f

luid

in

hyd

raul

ic re

serv

oir

10 W

ater

tight

doo

r low

gas

pre

ssur

e, lo

ss

of st

ored

ene

rgy

*b

Audible

+Visual

Audible

+Visual

G. /

N.G

. Ve

ssel

s ite

m 9

. Low

gas

pre

ssur

e or

loss

of s

tore

d en

ergy

in o

pera

ting

hydr

aulic

acc

umul

ator

11 W

ater

tight

doo

r ele

ctric

al p

ower

loss

*b

Audible

+Visual

Audible

+Visual

G. /

N.G

. Ve

ssel

s ite

m 9

. Fai

lure

of e

lect

rical

pow

er to

ope

ratin

g or

con

trol

syst

em

12 H

igh

wat

er a

larm

*b

Audible

+Visual

Audible

+Visual

G. /

N.G

. H

igh

wat

er le

vel i

n sp

ace

whe

re w

ater

has

dra

ined

from

enc

lose

d ca

rgo

spac

e or

free

boar

d de

ck

13 S

hell

door

pos

ition

indi

cato

r *b

G

. / N

.G.

RO

-RO

pas

seng

er v

esse

ls. D

oor o

pen

or lo

ckin

g de

vice

not

secu

red.

Sy

stem

to h

ave

mod

e sw

itch

for ‘

sea

or h

arbo

r ’. S

yste

m a

ctiv

e in

‘s

ea’ m

ode

14 W

ater

leak

age

dete

ctio

n in

dica

tor

*b

Audible

+Visual

Audible

+Visual

G. /

N.G

. Ve

ssel

s ite

m 1

3. L

eaka

ge o

f wat

er in

to R

O-R

O c

argo

spac

es o

r sp

ecia

l cat

egor

y sp

aces

thro

ugh

shel

l doo

rs

15 L

ocal

aut

omat

ic h

alon

rele

ase

*c

Audible

+Visual

Audible

+Visual

G. /

N.G

. A

ctiv

atio

n of

syst

em to

rele

ase

halo

n

Dat

a ite

ms

Dat

e an

d tim

e of

co

nfirm

atio

n A

larm

on

the

brid

ge

Rec

orde

d al

arm

da

ta

Judg

men

t N

otes

16 F

ire d

etec

tion

in a

utom

ated

or r

emot

ely

cont

rolle

d m

achi

nery

spac

e

Audible

+Visual

Audible

+Visual

G. /

N.G

. A

ctiv

atio

n of

det

ectio

n sy

stem

17 F

ire

dete

ctio

n or

aut

omat

ic

spri

nkle

r ope

ratio

n

Audible

+Visual

Audible

+Visual

G. /

N.G

. A

ctiv

atio

n of

sprin

kler

or f

ire d

etec

tion

syst

em. A

lso

addi

tiona

l ala

rm

to sh

ow fa

ult o

r los

s of p

ower

to e

ither

syst

em

18 S

mok

e de

tect

ion

syst

em p

ower

loss

*b

Audible

+Visual

Audible

+Visual

G. /

N.G

. Sa

mpl

e ex

tract

ion

smok

e-de

tect

ion

syst

ems.

Failu

re o

f pow

er to

the

syst

em

19 S

mok

e de

tect

ion

*b *c

Audible

+Visual

Audible

+Visual

G. /

N.G

. Eq

uipm

ent i

tem

18.

A

ctiv

atio

n of

syst

em

20 H

alon

syst

em lo

ss o

f con

tain

er *

c

Audible

+Visual

Audible

+Visual

G. /

N.G

. D

ecre

ase

in p

ress

ure

of g

as in

con

tain

ers

21 H

alon

sys

tem

ele

ctri

c ci

rcui

t fau

lt of

pow

er lo

ss *

c

Audible

+Visual

Audible

+Visual

G. /

N.G

. Fa

ilure

of e

lect

ric p

ower

to c

ircui

ts c

onne

ctin

g co

ntai

ners

for g

as

rele

ase

22 H

alon

syst

em –

hydr

aulic

or p

neum

atic

pres

sure

loss

*c

G

. / N

.G.

Loss

of p

ress

ure

to p

neum

atic

or h

ydra

ulic

circ

uit f

or g

as re

leas

e

23 P

erso

nnel

ala

rm

Audible

+Visual

Audible

+Visual

G. /

N.G

. Sa

fety

. Per

sonn

el o

n w

atch

alo

ne in

an

engi

ne ro

om o

r ent

erin

g m

achi

nery

spac

e al

one

*a Th

ese

tabl

es d

o no

t inc

lude

the

alar

ms s

epar

atel

y id

entif

ied

for s

peci

alis

t ves

sels

such

as g

as c

arrie

rs, f

ishi

ng v

esse

ls, n

ucle

ar sh

ips,

high

-spe

ed c

raft

or m

obile

offs

hore

dril

ling

units

. *b

App

licab

le to

ves

sels

con

stru

cted

on

or a

fter F

ebru

ary

1992

. *c

Thes

e al

arm

s may

be

omitt

ed if

they

are

pro

vide

d at

the

cent

ral f

ire c

ontro

l sta

tion.

jcy1800 installation guide8a

Documents